全新版大学英语视听说教程4听力原文
新标准大学英语视听说教程4-听力原文及翻译
OutsideviewConversation 1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London? A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone elseLi:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Conversation 2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工)at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time OffLi:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?Outsideview :How to get a jobGraduation.What a big day!Your life is about to begin!And then your parents say..."Get a job".I tell you!Looking for your first job out of college can be pretty hard.Reading all the job listing is so annoying.Even trying to figure out what the actual job is can be difficult.Searching through the want ads can be so boring.And writing your resume is really hard work."I don't have that day open."Getting a job interview,and then going on it—the whole process is pretty tough."Sorry to keep you waiting.Uh,have a seat.""I have your resume here,and you are interested in the assistant's position.""Yeah,yeah""Well,the right candidate for this job has to be very outgoing and sociable.After all it is a sale position.""Well, I'm a real extrovert(性格外向的人).Definitely.""And the right candidate has to have great self-confidence.Customers need to feel that you know what you're talking about.""Well, I'm really self-confident.Um I know what I'm talking about and I think I can project that""So,what skills would you bring to this job?"""Well, I realize that I'm completely overqualified for this position.I mean,um,in my last job,I was running the whole place.""Oh,so you've supervised people?""Yep,five of them.So,obviously I could do this job,no problem.I also have really good computer skills.Um what else do you want to know about me?""Eh..."Even though I was trying really hard,even though I had sent out about 300 resumes,even though I asked all my friend and relatives if they knew of anything.I wasn't getting anywhere!Despite all my best efforts,I was still unemployed."Please,why don't you see a career counsellor(顾问)?I'll pay for it.Anything to help you get a job!""Samantha,I'm Phyllis Stein.Welcome""Oh,hi,Phyllis.Nice to meet you."So I figure,heck,why not?I met with Phyllis Stein,a professional job coach."Interviewing is vital to getting the job that you want."She showed me how to prepare for an interview by doing research on the position and the company.And latter,she coaching me on my interviewing skills."I am going to pretend to be your interviewer,and then we'll stop it and replay it and look at the video and see what we could learn from that.OK?""I don't think that you should go into an interview having not practised with some of the questions that are pretty standard.""Tell me about yourself.""Well,my parents—my mom is a social worker,and my dad is an engineer.""Your preparation is really important.""What do you know about our organization?""Well,I saw on,um,on the Internet that ,you do business publishing?Right?""There is a whole range of things that have to do with how you present yourself/""Why should I hire you?""Oh,well.,um, I'm a really outgoing person,and I like,I like people a lot.I'm responsible and nice.""You need to think about what the interviewer is actually looking for.""Samantha, what was a major problem that you've encountered and how did you solve it?""I haven't really had any problems to deal with. ""Thank you.Now let's look at your mock interview on videotape. ""I think it boils down(归结为)to preparation,presentation, and understanding what the interviewer is looking for "(Watching the videotape)"Another way of answering it is not telling about yourself ,but telling your relationship to the job."So,they don't care so much about your parents and that you want to live in Cambridge.They may need you to be able to be a troubleshooter.You use some examples in your life from being a troubleshooter.""One of the things that someone who is an assistant in a trade show is doing,is dealing with problems.You need to be sure that you stay,sort of ,on target with preventing,presenting yourself in the strongest possible way."This time I felt a lot more confident when I went in for the interview."I have developed strong communication skills.In college I worked on the school paper and I brought some writing samples to show you.""I also worked every summer at a bed-and-breakfast.""I worked a lot with our guests.I booked reservation over the phone,got them what theyneeded,and handled any complains.""Well,I feel like I did really well.We'll see. "Making a good first impression is the most important part of a job interview.Arriving on time and being confident are the most important parts of a job interview.It's very important that you are being confident and you're being clear in your answers and listening carefullyNot fidgeting(坐立不安,烦躁)and being confident are the most important things in a job interview.Writing a thank-you note is the most important thing you want to do after a job interview/And go in there with a firm handshake.Listening in"It's not enough to ask what successful people are like...It is only by asking where they are from that we can unravel the logic behind who succeed and who doesn't"This is the basic idea of an intriguing book called Outliers, by the American journalist Malclom Gladwell.The book explores the factors which contribute to people who are extremely successful in their careers, for example, the role the family , culture and friend play.Gladwell examines the causes of why the majority of Canada ice hokey players are born in the first few months of the calender year,what the founder of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his extraordinary success,and why the Beatles managed to redefine the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Canada recruits from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger,stronger and better athletes than others born later in the year.And because they have this advantage at the start of their sports career,they're given extra coaching,and so there's a greater chance that they'll be picked for an elite hockey team in the future.He calls this phenomenon accumulative advantage(积累优势),a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer.Success depends on the process by which talented athletes are identified as much as it does on their own abilities.Another aspect which contributes to success is the 10000 hour rule.Great success demands an enormous amount of time for practise and training.For example,the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200times over four years,much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell claim is necessary for great success.So by the time they returned to England,they had developed their talente and sounded completely different from any other group.In the same way,Bill Gates had thousands of hours' worth of programming because he had access to a computer at his high school.He also became a teenager just at the right time to take advantage of the latest developments in computer technology.Outliers has met with extraordinary sucess,matched only by Gladwell's own career for 25 years in journalism.As a result, many citics have seen it as an autobiography, in which the writer appears to be apologizing for his own personal achievements.But the ides that you have to be born at the right moment,in the right place and in the right family,and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provoking way of revisiting our traditional view of genius and great achievement.It's certainly worth reading,as long as you don't take it too seriously.Listening in 2P:Hi,we are talking about typical working hours in the US and in Brazil.Eric...um...you're from the States,tell me what are the typical working hours in the States?E:Er...traditionally people go to work at 9o'clock in the morning and they finish at about 5,so sort of a 9to 5.P:And,and Penny I...I know you're English but you work in Brazil,what are the hours in Brazil?Penny:Um varies slightly,sometimes you can start um on an early shift,say,8o'clock in the morning to 5 um or 9 until 6.But in Brazil often people will work longer hours than this.P:Right,right ok.And what kind of clothes do you wear?I mean do you dress up formally or in a relaxed way?E:It used to be that you would wear a jacket and tie to work for...for men but er nowadays an open shirt is ok.You don't necessarily have to wear a tie and sometimes on a Friday you can wear a pair of jeans to work.P:Oh,right the dress down Friday?E:The dress down Friday that's right.P:Does that still happen?E:Yes, yes sure it does.P:And how about in Brazil?Penny:Um, it's fairly casual,quite informal,um I mean you need to look neat and tidy obviously,but you,you have your own choice rely on whatyou would wear,there are no rules and regulations.It's important to look smart but comfortable.P:Right,yeah do you have meal breaks or is that...you just fit in meals when you can or...?E:Lunch,lunch is usually an hour sometimes a little shorter if you have to do a lot of work from your desk.P:Yeah,how about Brazil?Penny:That's the same, about an hour.P:And,and with overtime,I mean,if you...I mean you're obviously contracted to do a certain number of hours.What happens if you do more than the hours that you...that's in you...that are in your contract?E:I have to make a fairly um strict record of my hours so if I go beyond 5 o'clock on most days I put in for overtime.P:Right.E:And it's...the first hour is one of overtime and then there's I think 15minute periods after that.So I could work an hour and a quarter.P:And you'd be paid for the quarter hours?E:That's right,by the quarter hour.P:How about in Brazil?Penny:It's,it's a lot looser in Brazil actually.We we often end up doing overtime but unfortunately not paid.P: Fine.That's hard luck.And what about holidays,what about in the States?You don't have much holidays in the States do you?E:No.When you start at a company you get two weeks holiday or two weeks vacation as we say...P:YeahE:Um then it's usually not until you've been at the company for about five ears that they give you another week.So you get three weeks after you've been there for five years.P:And what about in Brazil?Penny:Um it's quite good actually-30days.P:Sounds very generous.Penny:Yeah I can pop back to...P:Is that 30 working days or 30 days in total?Penny:That's 30 working daysP:Wow,that'sPenny:Yes,yeah it's a good deal.P:What about retirement?I know it's a long way of there!When do you retire?E:Generally speaking it's at 65.P:And the same for women.E:Um it's I think a little sooner than that for women.Women I think 62or 63.P;Right ,good.And in Brazil is it similar?Penny:Similar to the States.It's um after 60 for women.65 for men,or if you've clocked up about 30 or 35 years of service then you can retire after that.P:Right and when...do you have a pay day?When is pay day?E:Um,well ,we gt paid twice a month,so we get paid at the beginning of the month and then we get paid in the middle of the month at the 15th give or take(大约).P:Yeah,and what about in Brazil?Penny:I think it all depends which company you're working for.For the one I am working for right now I get paid twice a month but when I began,with a different company that was once a month,so,it varies.P:And are there any company benefits that you have in the States?Do you have a company car or a pension?E:Yeah,we get a company car.We're able to...we lease a car in effect but it's a company car that we get for 18 months to two years and then we...we can move on to another model from that.There's a fairly good pension scheme,that's still working,and hospitalization as well.P:Oh,that's importantE:Yeah,a health plan through work is very important.P:Right.And what about in Brazil?Penny:Yeah,excellent benefits like that.Well I mean it does depend on the company and the status of your or your job but you might get a car,living accommodation,school for the children,they'll pay for your lunch,travel passes,gasoline,health insurance,all sorts of benefitsactually it's very good.P:Sounds very good,with the holiday and all those benefits it sounds a great place to work.Unit 2Outside viewConversation 1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy: OK, sure.Janet: Fine by me. What's on the agenda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume everyone has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books? Andy: Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out next month, so…Joe: I'm sorry, I really think that's quite unacceptable. It's your job! What about you, Janet?Janet: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! And I didn't know I was meant to read all the books.Andy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assistants. You're meant to assist me.Andy: It's true that we need to read the books, Joe, but we haven't…Joe: OK, there you go. You are always making excuses!Andy: And what's more, we haven't even chosen the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Janet: I suppose we're looking for books with a London angle(伦敦视角)?Andy: Not necessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Janet: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography(自传)of Charles Dickens which I'm reading.Andy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Janet: You see I'm studying Dickens at university, and I noticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really interesting.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.Andy: Sounds right up your street(拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK, that's it everyone. Let's get to it!Conversation 2Janet: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why.Janet: He wasn't being at all fair. How often does he get like this?Andy: Well, I suppose it's not very often. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves(使某人心烦意乱).Janet: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed.Andy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Anyway, you're the expert on Dickens, tell me something about him.Janet: Well, Charles Dickens was one of the most popular novelists in 19th century Britain. Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes. Each one had a cliffhanger at the end that made people want to read the next episode(集,一集).Andy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old.Andy: And he set most of his stories in London, didn't he?Janet: That's right. He knew the city very well.Andy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set?Janet: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court inspired some of most famous characters in his novels.Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Janet: That's right, especially around Docklands. The thing was…Dickens was a social commentator(社会评论员)as much as he was a novelist-his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experienced in the 19th century. It makes mewant to read some Dickens again. Maybe I'll just go shopping for a copy of Great Expectations.Andy: Anyway, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brainwave(突然想到的妙计,灵感)to suggest the new biography.Janet: Cheer up Andy. It wasn't your fault.Andy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopping!Outside viewBritish people read a lot. They read books, newspapers and magazines. And of course they read text messages on their mobile phones. Sixty-five percent of British people list "reading for pleasure" as a major hobby. A quarter of the population reads more than 20 books each year. So where do these books come from? Well, there are bookshops where you can buy books. And there are lots of public libraries where you can borrow books for free. In this library you can borrow books, but you can also buy a cup of coffee, look at an art exhibition, sit in a quiet study area or connect to the Internet. Y ou can also now borrow CDs, videos or DVDs of films and television programmes. Some libraries even let you borrow computer games. There are often reference rooms where you can go to look something up or go to study. Many libraries have also got special rooms with books and photograghs about the historu of the area. Libraries are very important in schools and universities both for study and for reading for pleasure. The British Library is one of the world's greatest libraries. The queen opened its new building in 1998. It receives a copy of every book published in Britain, and adds three million new items every year.It's got books of course, but also sound recordings, music, maps, newspapers, and magazines. People predicted that radio, then television, then the Internet will kill reading, but it still a very popular activity.Listening in 1M:So how long has your book group been running?C:Well, let me see, it's over 20years now. I think it's actually one of the oldest books groups around, because it was only about 20years ago that they started to become fashionable in the UK.M:And how often do you have meetings?C:We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to(前奏,预备期)Christmas when we all start to get busy with other things.M:And how many members do you have?C:We're ten in all, although it's rare that everyone can attend.M:And what happens during the meeting?C:Well, we usually meet at one of our homes, and we start fairly late, around 8:30, and the host prepares dinner, and sometime during the meal, someone asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's when the discussion starts.M:It sounds quite informal.C:It is, yes, and sometimes if we haven't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more important than the discussion. But it's fairly rare that no one likes the book, and it gets quire interesting when opinions about it are divided.M And what sort of books do you read?C:Oh, all kinds, actually, not just novels, although I must admit that being a member of the club makes me read more modern fiction than I might do otherwise. But we also read the classics, you know the novels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have changed. We re-read Thomas Hardy recently, and whereas I used to love it when I was a student, this time I thought it was exasperatingly(惹人恼火地)dull. And we read non-fiction. quite a lot of history and travel writing. A couple of the members like poetry, which I don't, but you know, we're tolerant each other's choice, and it gives us a chance to try things we wouldn't usually read.M:And how do you choose the books?C:Well, at the end of the evening the person who hosts the dinner-basically, the cook- has the right to choose the next book.M:And that works OK?C:Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choosing something that will earn everyone else's respect. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too often!Listening in 2Well, thank you for your kind welcome, and for giving me the opportunity to give this brief tour of Literary England. I can't claim it's an authoritative tour, as I'm, not a professional literary specialist. However, I have two amateur passions: one is travel and the other is reading and English literature in particular. And this lecture is a description of different visits I have made to places in Britain and Ireland, chosen specifically for their close links with well-known writers of what we call the classics of English literature.Just to give you an overview of the lecture, I'm going to start in my home town of London, which is also the home of many well-known writers. But I think that the picture we have in our mind of London has been largely fashioned by the work of Charles Dickens and Shakespeare. Dickensian London is illustrated most clearly by his book Oliver Twist, and Shakespeare's London brings to mind the plays written and performed here, such as Romeo and Juliet. We'll also have a look at the memorial of freat British writers, Poets' Corner in Westminster Abbey.Then off we go to Oxford, another city rich in its literary history. I'm, going to focus on the greatest of Oxford's literary alumni, JRR Tolkien, the professor of English who wrote Lord of the Rings, which is now famous throughout the world because of the recent series of films.Then we turn south towards the gentle countryside of Hampshire, home of Jane Austen, where her various novels, including Price and Prejudice are set. She also spent a period of her life in the magnificent Georgian city of Bath.Then we turn north to the hills of west Yorkshire where we find Bronte country, so called because it was the home of the three sisters, Charlotte, Emily and Anne Bronte. Perhaps the two best known novels are Charlotte Bronte's Jane Eyer, and Emily Bronte's Wuthering Heights, also made into successful films.Then up to the north-west, to the stunning land of mountains and lakes which is the Lake District, home of the Lakeland poets. Perhaps its most famous son is William Wordsworth, whose poem "I wandered lonely as a cloud" has been learnt by generations of school children not just in Britain, but around the English-speaking world.So that's the basic route round Literary England, although I'll be thinking several detours to visit other famous writers whose work contributes to the glory which is English literature. Let's start…Unit3Outside viewLondon has always prided itself on being a little bit different when it comes to fashion. At the catwalk shows, designers showcase the hottest new trends for journalists and buyers from all over the world. But away from the glamour of designer collections, what do London girls actually wear? How do they create the affordable, personal style they are famous for? Hannah, who works for a fashion magazine, says London’s unique style is all about mixing and matching. One day can be punk. Next day you can be really girlie(少女般的). It’s kind of choosing what you want in your wardrobe. Maybe taking an expensive piece but mixing it with something cheaper or second-hand. I think that is what London girls are really good at doing. Portobello Road, in the trendy Notting Hill area, is home to one of the most famous markets in London. Here, you name it and people wear it-anything from market stall bargains to to-die-for(令人渴望的)designer labels sold in trendy shops. But how do the capital’s women view their style? Eclectic. My style is certainly eclectic. It is from Tesco. It is the Catherine Kidston range from Tesco. Sam is matched her outfit today with a bag she bought in a supermarket. Angela is a fashion stylist. So tell me a little bit about your life. What are you wearing and what would you say your style is? My style tends to change week by week. Today I am wearing some jeans from Uniqlo.I’ve discovered Uniqlo jeans and bought about five pairs cos they fit really well. The boots are by Aldo .My T-shirt is from Tooshop. The jacket is a really old jacket that I bought in the States a few years ago. But um, yeah I mean it just…it does tend to change a lot. Over to New Bond Street, London’s designer shopping Mecca(胜地)and the style stakes have gone up a little. Some of the most famous and expensive shops in the world can be found here. Shops where you have to ask the price of that handbag…or pair of shoes…then you know you can not really afford it. Natalie, a student from the city, says being laid back is what gives London style its edge. I don’t know. Everyone says like. French is like so fashionable and stuff but I think we are quite trendy, we are a bit more casual, but I think we have got a good style going on and everything, a bit laid back, but everyone still looks cool. Seylia works in a jewelry shop. No shabby chic(流行式样,时尚)here. Cashmere scarf from Louboutin, because it is cold. Black coat from Prada and a Valentino bag, which is probably as colorful as it gets. Katie is a model and loves how people dress in London because everyone has their own individual style. I love London it is so unique.And like everyone’s got their own fashion. I love it here, because you can wear whatever and just fit in, it is great. I love London for that. Laura is a student and says she doesn’t really put any thought into what she is wearing. Fashion, I wouldn’t really call it fashion. It is just kind of chucked together, basically, what I am comfortable in. Camden is known for its grungy(脏的,乱糟糟), daring and sometimes outrageous(极不寻常的)styles. Here fashion is whatever you want it to be. Teenagers don’t hold back much when it comes to choosing clothes. They just want to make personal statement .We are just crazy! We don’t hold back so much. It’s not all about being elegant or something like that. It’s more making a statement, some people. And we don’t care. Listening inPresenter: How often do you change your clothes during the day?Penny: Um I think it all depends on what I’m going to do. Um it might be as many as three times if…Presenter: Three times.Penny: Yes, if I was …if I was going to go to gym, for instance, having dropped the children off at school I’d be wearing an outfit for…just a。
全新版大学英语视听说教程4听力原文.pptx
Erika:
Yes, that's true, but you have to think creatively. You can't give up so easily.
学海无 涯
Interviewer: Think creatively? What do you suggest?
Erika:
What I ' m saying is that we can build more structures
A. Listen to the conversation and check the correct picture.
Jack:
I think we should buy a bigger car. Big cars are safer.
Kayla: Yes, but on the other hand, they consume more oil.
was just an ugly, modern mistake.
Kyoto, Japan, is the country's ancient capital, and the heart of its culture. Its railroad station was too small for
the millions of visitors. In 1997, the city completed a new station in a huge shopping center, right in the oldest part of the city. Designed by Hiroshi Hara, the building also contains a hotel and department store. Before it was built, critics said that the high, wide, modern building would destroy the city's traditional look. On the other hand,
新视野大学英语视听说教程第四册听力原文及答案
新视野大学英语视听说教程第四册听力练习录音文本和答案Uint1II. Basic Listening Practice1. ScriptM: I’m beside myself with joy. I’m so lucky. Guess what? I’ve won a lit of money in the lottery. W: Yeah? Well, you do know that money is the root of all evil, right?Q: What does the woman mean?2. ScriptW: Mary was furious. Her son wrecked up her car.M: He shouldn’t have driven a car without a driver’s license. He‘s still taking driving lesson.Q: What do we know ab out Mary’s son?3. ScriptM: Susan, I hear you’re going to marry that guy. Some people think you’ll regret it.W: Is that so? Only time tell.Q: What does the woman imply?4. ScriptM: Mary, I just want to say how sorry I was to learn of your mother’s pass ing. I know how close you two were?W: Thank you. It was so sudden. I’M still in a state of shock I don’t know what to do.Q: Which of following is true?5. ScriptW: I get furious at work when my opinions aren’t considered just because I’m a woman.M: You should air your view more emphatically and demand that your vice be heard.Q: What is the woman complaining about?Keys: 1.C 2.B 3. D 4.A 5.DIII. Listening InTask 1: Soft answers turn away wrath.Mary: Dam! You’re spilled red wine on me. My new dress is ruined.John: I’ m terrible sorry! What can I do to help? Here’s some water to wash it off.Mary: Stop splashing water on me! Oh, this is so embarrassing! I’m a mess.John: Well, you do look a little upset. Please don’t blow up. Don’t lose your co ol.Mary: Hmm, you’ve got the nerve talking like that! Who shouldn’t fly off the handle? This dress cost a fortune.John: You look really cute when you’re mad. I kid you not. Some people do look attractive when they are in a rage.Mary: This is very expens ive dress. I saved for months to buy it, and now it’s ruined. Look at this stain!John: Accidents do happen. Give me your dress, and I’ll take it to the cleaners.Mary: Sure! You want me to take it off right here in public and give it to you? I don’t even know you!John: This might be a really goof time to get acquainted. I’m John Owen.Mary: Mmm, at least you’re polite. I guess I really shouldn’t have flared up. After all, it was an accident. I’m Mary Harvey.John: Come on. I’ll take you home. You can change your clothes, and I’ll get the dress cleaned for you.Mary: Now you’re talking. Thanks. You’re a real gentleman.John: You’d better believe it. I’m glad to see that you’ve cooled down. Feel look a bite to eat afterward? I’m starving.Mary: Ok. You’re pretty good. I’m not nearly as mad. If you can get this stain out, I’ll be very happy.John: I’ll try my best. But if I can’t get the stain out, please don’t let your happiness turn to wrath.1. Which of the following would be the best title for the dialog?2. Why does the woman get angry?3. What does the man say to please the woman when she looks angry?4. Why does the woman say the man is a real gentleman?5. What is the man’s final proposal?Keys: 1D 2.A 3.C 4.B 5.CTask 2: Big John is coming!ScriptA bar owner in the Old West has just hired a timid bartender. This (S1) owner of the establishment is giving his new hire some instructions on (S2) running the place. He tells the timid man, “If you ever hear that Big John is coming to town, (S3) dr op everything and run for the hills! He’s the biggest, nastiest (S4) outlaw who’s ever lived!”A few weeks pass (S5) uneventfully. But one afternoon, a local cowhand comes running through town (S6) yelling, “Big John is coming! Run for your (S7) lives!”When the bartender leaves the bar to start running, he is knocked to the ground by several townspeople rushing out of town. (S8) As he’s picking himself up, he sees a large man, almost seven feet tall. He’s muscular, and is growing as he approaches the bar.He steps up to the door, orders the poor barkeep inside, and demands, “I want a beer NOW!”He strikes his heavy fist on the bar, splitting it in half. (S9) The bartender nervously hands the big man a beer, hands shaking. He takes the beer, bites the top of the bottle off, and downs the beer in one gulp.As the terrified bartender hides behind the bar, the big man gets up to leave, “Do you want another beer?” the bartender asks in a trembling voice.“Dang it, I don’t have time!” the big man yells, (S10) “I got to get out of town! Don’t you hear Big John is coming?”Task3: A View of HappinessScriptDr. Smith has proposed a reasonable, if perhaps somewhat oversimplifies, view of happiness. According to his theory, happiness might be described as a state if balance. And when humanor certain animals achieve that balance, they rend to remain in that condition in order to repeat the happy feeling.To illustrate this, we may study two magnets. When their positive and negative poles meet, they are comfortably joined, and they remain there. In other words, they have attained a balance or state of happiness. If on the other hand, one of the poles is reversed, and positive pole is presses against positive pole, there is resistance, instability, imbalance a state of unhappiness.Animals with some degree of intelligence seem to find happiness in reinforcement. Once they have gained one or more of their goals such as food, and water, they learn to repeat the actions that led to satisfaction of those goals. This repetition or reinforcement produces a state of balance or sense of happiness.According to this theory, only animals with a significant capacity to learn should be able to experience happiness. But in truth learning can take place through surprisingly simple short-term action such as scratching an itch, followed by pleasure, followed by more scratching, and so on. Thus learning can occur with almost no conscious thought.For human beings, blessed with the ability to reason, goals are not limited to the short-term satisfaction of needs. Indeed, there is a strong link between happiness and the fulfillment of long-term goals. Even if human strive for goals that are more complex and longer-term than the animals’ goals, once those goals are gained, happiness is reinforce d.1. Why does the speaker mention “magnets”?2. According to the passage, what may animals do after they have got food?3. Which of the following is true according to the speaker?4. What does the speaker say is special about the goals of human beings?5. Which of the following best captures the main idea of the passage?Keys: 1D 2.C3. B 4.D 5.AIV. Speaking OutMODEL 1 Don’t let it get to you!Susan: You look so angry. What happened?Chris: Nothing I’d rather not talk about it. Just don’t ask.Susan: Come on. Relax. Talk to me.Chris: All right. This morning I took my car to the garage to check the air conditioner. They only gave it a quick look, refilled it with some Freon, and charged me 300bucks!Susan: No wonder you’re livid. I’d be mad too if someone ripped me off like that.Chris: Yeah. And they were rude. They said I didn’t know anything about cars, which I don’t, but they didn’t have to be blunt!Susan: Sounds like you got a raw deal!Chris: What’s worse, as I was leaving, I herd then saying, “Don’t trust that guy. He looks broke.” When I heard that, I almost hit the roof.Susan: Don’t let it get to you. Better ignore them.Chris: I agree. I did manage to keep my cool.Susan: Well, the best thing you can do is to file a complaint with the Consumer ProtectionAgency.Chris: sounds like a good idea.MODEL2 I’m too depressed.ScriptSusan: Chris, I hear you’ve been down in the dumps, so I’ve come to cheer you up.Chris: It’s not gong o work. I’m too depressedSusan: Come, on. Tell me what’s on your mind.Chris: Everything. My girlfriend left me; my dog ran away; my wallet was stolen.Susan: Don’t worry. I’ll help you solve the biggest problem: finding you a new girlfriend. Chris: Forget it. Anyway, I’m getting bad grades, and I was told that I’d have to repeat a lot of courses next year. When I heard that, I almost lost it.Susan: Look, relax. I’ll help you with those courses.Chris: Yeah, but I also have three week’s laun dry to do., and my room is a pigsty.Susan: Forget it. You’re on your own.Chris: Come, on. What are friends for?Susan: To keep you in high spirits; not to do your laundry.MODEL3 You seem to be on top of the world.ScriptNora: Oh, hey, John!John: Hey!Nora: You seem to be on top of the world tonight. What’s up?John: I’m so happy I’m about to burst. Guess what?Nora: You’ve got me.John: It might be true that misfortunes never come singly, but you can also have a “double blessing”. And that’s what I had.Nora: You mean you’ve had two happy events in your life?John: Exactly. You know, I was strong in all subjects except physics. Now I’ve finally passed the test--the one I needed to qualify for a Bachelor’s degree.Nora: Congratulations! You’d failed it three times. Now wonder you’re beaming. What’s the other good news?John: The multinational I was dong my field project at offered me a job at a good staring salary. Nora: Wow, wonderful, simple wonderful.John: I feel like celebrating. Shall we go to a bar?Nora: Why not?Now Your TurnTask 1SAMPLE DIALOGA: You look furious. What happened?B: Nothing. I’d rather not talk about it. Just don’t ask.A: Come on. You shouldn’t keep your feeling to yourself. You need to let off some stream. So, talk tome.B: All right. This morning I went to a shop to buy a digital camera, I only need an ordinary one. It is enough for my tours in the summer vacation. Buy they persuaded me to buy a professional camera, which cost three times as much.A: But you were willing to buy for it. Anyway, it must work better.B: You see, I know next to nothing about photography. So they simply tricked me into buying an expensive one.A: No wonder you’re livid with rage. I’d be mad too if I were robbed like that. What are you going to do?B: I already went back to them and asked to exchange it for a cheaper one.A: What did they say?B: Oh, they were rude. They insisted that they hadn’t encouraged me to buy a professional camera, and that I bought it myself.A: Sounds like you got a raw deal!B: What’s worse, as I was leaving, I heard they say, “That guy looks broke. He shouldn’t have bought any camera.”A: Don’t let it get to you. Better ignore their rude remarks.B: I agree. I did manage to keep my cool.A: Well, the best thing you can do is to file a complaint with the Consumer Protection Agency. If they talk to the shop, maybe they will give you a refund.B: Sounds too good to be true.V. Let’s TalkScriptHello, everyone. Today I invite you to join me in an exploration off the causes of depression. There ate many factors involved, but I believe some deserve special attention.Heredity certainly plays a role. .The tendency to develop depression may be inherited; there is evidence that this disorder may run in families.Physiology is another factor related to depression. There may be changes or imbalances in chemicals which transmit information in the brain called neurotransmitters. Many modern antidepressant drugs attempt to increase levels of certain neurotransmitters so as to increase brain communication. While the causal relationship is unclear; it is known that antidepressant medications do reliever certain symptoms of depression.Researchers also study psychological factors. They include the complex development of one’s personality and how one has learned to cope with external environmental factors, such as stress. It is freeqently observed that low self-esteem and self-defeating thinking are connected with depression. While it is not clear which is the cause and which is the effect, it is known that sufferers who are able to make corrections to their thinking patterns can show improved mood and self-esteem.Another factor causing depression is one’s early experiences. Events such as the death of a parent, the divorce of the parents, neglect, chronic illness, and severe physical abuse can also increase the likelihood of depression later in life.Some present experiences may also lead to depression. Job loss, financial difficulties, long periods of unemployment, the loss of a spouse or other family member, or other painful events may trigger depression. Long-term stress at home, work, or school can also be involved.It is worth nothing that those living with someone suffering from \depression experience increased anxiety which adds to the possibility of their also becoming depressed.Depression-causing Factors Problem Description SolutionHeredity It is inherited and run in families.Physiology changes or imbalances in chemicals called neurotransmitters, which transmit information in the brain A ntidepressant drugs relieve certain symptoms of depression. Psychological Factors Low self-esteem and self-defeating thinking are connected with depression. Sufferers who make correction to their thinking patterns can show improved mood and self-esteem.Early Experiences Event like the death of a parent, the divorce of parents, neglect, chronic illness, and severe physical abuse can increase the likelihood of depression.Present Experiences Job loss, financial difficulties, long periods of unemployment, the loss of a spouse or other family member, or long-term stress may trigger depression.Living with somebody with depression T his causes increased anxiety, which adds to the possibility of their also becoming depressed.VI. Further Listening and SpeakingTask1: Reason and EmotionScriptEmotion is sometimes regarded as the opposite of reason; s is suggested by phrase such as” appeal to emotions rather than reason” and “don’t let your emotions take over”. Emotional reactions sometimes produce consequences or thoughts which people may later regret or disagree with; but during an emotional state, they could not control their actions. Thus, it is generally believed that one of the most distinctive facts about human beings is a contradiction between emotion and reason.However, recent empirical studies do not suggest there is a clear distinction between reason and emotion. Indeed, anger or fear can often be thought of as an instinctive response to observed fact. The human mind possesses many possible reactions to the external world. Those reactions can lie on a continuum, with some of them involving the extreme of pure intellectual logic, which is often called “cold”, and others involving the extremes of pure emotion not related to logical agreeme nt, which is called “the heat of passion”. The relation logic and emotion merits careful study. Passion, emotion, or feeling can reinforce an argument, event one based primarily on reason. This is especially true in religion or ideology, which frequently demands an all-or-nothing rejection or acceptance. In such areas of thought, human beings have to adopt a comprehensive view partly backed by empirical argument and partly by feeling and passion. Moreover, several researchers have suggested that typically there is no “pure” decision or thought; that is, no thought is based “purely”” on intellectual logic or “purely” on emotion—most decisions are founded on a mixture of both.1. What results does the speaker may some from emotional reactions?2. What is the popular belief about reason and emotion?3. What does the speaker mean by “cold “?4. According to the passage, what should people do in religious matters?5. What is the speaker’s conclusion?Keys: 1.A 2.B 3.C 4.C 5.DTask 2: DepressionScriptPat: Yo u look depressed. Are you feeling blue? I’ve come to cheer you up.Ted: But there’s nothing that can cheer me up. I’m down in the dumps. Life’s miserablePat: You have to try to get your mind off things.Ted: But I can’t. I just feel there’s too much press ure on me sometimes!Pat: You can’t let things get you down. Learn to relax and stop worrying all the time. What’s your problem?Ted: I failed my last exam, and another exam is coming, I get bored.Pat: If I were you, I’d start working hard. If you work hard for a long time, you’re bound to get better grades. You see, “no pain, no gain”.Ted: It’s easier said than done! If I read for fifteen minutes, I get bored.Pat: You have to learn some self-discipline.But how can I stay cheerful all the time?Ted: Worse than that! If I read for half an hour, I get a headache. Then I start to worry about passing the next exam.Pat: It’s all in your mind. If you stay cheerful like me, everything will soon be OK.Ted: But how can I stay cheerful all the time?Pat: Try to look on the bright side of things.Ted: But what if there isn’t a bright side?Pat: You know the saying: Every cloud has a silver lining. It means there’re always tow sides to everything—both the dark and the bright sides. So, try to identify your strengths and bring then into full play.Ted: Oh, no! Your corny old sayings are making me even more depressed.Keys: TFFTFTask3: AngerScriptAnger is an emotion that can be hard to control. Despite this, we should learn how to manage anger in a constructive manner. In the most intense moments of anger, we usually have two choices: to fight or to run. Some choose the option of violence, which is a negative reaction to anger; and others choose to run. Some may think running means you are a coward. But the option of walking away and claiming down is the more productive method of handling anger. It is difficult to walk away, especially when your heart is racing, and your anger is boiling over.There are constructive ways of handling anger in any situation. First, you have to stop for a brief moment and think before you act. Take that moment and calm down id you feel yourself being pushed.At that moment you should admit you are angry. If you refuse to admit you’re angry or hurt, or if you make it appear that everything is peaches and cream, you are not managing angry in a productive way. You should first admit you are angry and let your feelings out before you blow up. Foe example, you can stay in a quiet place by yourself and shout; or you can talk to a close friend to vent your rage. If you do not acknowledge your anger, it only builds up inside you and will eventually explode like a volcanoThen, in order to manage your angry, you can ask yourself an important question that we all must ask ourselves, “What made me angry?” When you get the answer, and then ask yourself, “Why did that made me angry?” Through such logical reasoning, one tends to calm down and move toward a sensible solution.News ReportU.S. Roller CoasterScriptThe world’s first 4D roller coaster, “X”, took on its first passengers last week at the Six Flags Magic Mountain theme park, just outside Los Angeles.After climbing on board and properly securing their safety harnesses, “X” riders are first to a height of over 66meters. At the top, the passenger train is released and builds up enough speed to race and plummet around the track at speeds of over 130km an hour.The rider takes the daring passengers down an incredible 66m dive and over the top of a 62m loop, in cars that spin independently of the roller coaster train. This unique design allows riders to spin360degree, both forwards and backwards, through the entire ride.Passengers hurtle through this ride often moving in many different directions at the same time ad the cars somersault back and forth and the roller coaster twists, loops, and dives.The complicated series of maneuvers includes two raven turn, one front flip, one twisting front flip, and two back flips.Since passengers aren’t always facing the right direction to see what’s coming up next, the element of surprise is high. For “X” riders, this adds to the thrill of the ride.The track of this newest roller coaster runs a total length of a little over1, 100meters. The passenger trains measure 6meters wide and 21meters long, large enough to carry 28 passengers at a time. At full capacity, the trains can take 1,600passengers for the ride of their lives each hour.The entire ride lasts for only a total about 2minutes, but you can tell from the exhilarated faces of passengers returning to the boarding dock that they were two of the most thrilling minutes of heir lives.Uint2II. Basic Listening Practice3. ScriptW: Did you hear? Helen got modeling jib! She’s going to be sashaying down the catwalk.M: Wow, that’s great! All that walking practice really paid off. And foe once she won’t be complaining about being so tall.Q: Why did Helen get modeling job?4. ScriptM: Julia, come and see the Miss America contest on TV. All those beautiful girls are walking around in bathing suits, so the judges can decide who has the best figure.W: Bah! That’s the worst kind of exploitation. They are treating women like toys for people to enjoy. I would never take part in this kind of contest.Q: What do the man and the woman think about the beautify contest?3. ScriptW: What shall I do? I’m fat. I want to be slim and beauty, but I’m fat. I’ve tried all the new ideas, high carb and low carb, but nothing works.M: Those diets are just fads, popular for a while and then forgotten. Just follow the usual diet with fruits, vegetables, fish, water, and get plenty of exercise. Before long you’ll see results.Q: What has the woman tried?4. ScriptW1: I think Lily is really attractive. She’s half Spanish and has this really sultry look about her.W2: That explains why she tans so well. I’ve always been jealous of her skin color in the summer.Q: Which of following is true of Lily?5. ScriptM: Trust me, it was tight there on the Internet: “Plastic Surgery Increasing at a Faster Rate Among Men”. Appare ntly more and more men are trying to improve their appearance.W: I saw it too on the news. Face-lifts, nose jobs, and box to hide wrinkle are now very popular with men. Men say it’s for business reasons, but we know it’s vanity.Q: What does the woman think the real reason is that men have plastic surgery?Keys: 1.B 2.A 3. C 4D 5BIII. Listening InTask 1: A Friendly StylistStylist: Morning, sir. This chair, please. What can I do for you?Nick: A simple haircut: short on the back and sides.Stylist: Very good. I can, of course, do something fashionable for only $60.Nick: 60 dollars! That’s highway robbery—twice what I ordinarily pay.Stylist: Perhaps, sir. But your haircuts haven’t been in harmony with your character. Your hair is at war with your soul.Nick: I’ve never heard of such a thing.Stylist: If I may say, I’m an expert at matching hairstyle to personalities. Believe me; you’re suffering a “disjunction”.Nick: A disjunction? What the devil is a disjunction?Stylist: Your hair does not match you.Nick: This is utter nonsense. However, I’d like to hear how you’d solve this so-called problem. Stylist: Your character is artistic, imaginative. But your hair is dull. I can correct that imbalance in seconds.Nick: Okay, let me see what can you do about t he…uh…disjunction, as you call it.Stylist: We’re going to use scissors to create peaks, which we’ll keep in place with a liberalhelping of gel….This tuft in the back we’ll braid into a pigtail. Now, it’s the new you!Nick: I love it. It’s just like me: imaginative and artistic. Now what are you doing? What’s wrong? Don’t you see harmony in my new hairstyle?Stylist: Something’s preventing your hairstyle from being a true fashionable statement.Nick: For heaven’s sake, tell me what’s missing.Stylist: Streaks. By putting in a few yellow streaks in your hair, it will become a work of art. Streaking will cost you more, but…Nick: Do it. Forget the cost. But, by the way, what is the total getting to be? How much am I paying to avoid disjunction?Stylist: That’s…$135. Sir? Sir, are you all right? Oh, he fainted.6. When the stylist mentions $60, what does the customer say?7. What does the stylist think about the customer’s hairstyle?8. What will the stylist do with the customer’s hair?9. What will streaking d o to the man’s hair according to the stylist?10. What is the passage mainly about?Keys: 1C.A 3.D4.B 5.AFor Reference:1. It means there is no match between you and your hair.2. That’s…$135. Sir? Sir, are you all right? Oh, he fainted.Task 2: The Voice LiftScriptAfter the face-lift, the forehead tightened, and the (S1) nose job, something still might be revealing your age: your (S2) voice.For patients who think their trembly, hoarse words don’t (S3) match their newly face and figure, there’s a proc edure that claims to make them (S4) sound younger too: the voice lift.There are two general kinds of voice lifts. In some cases, implants (S5) inserted through an incision in the (S6) neck bring the vocal cords closer together. Doctors also use injections of (S7) fat or other substances to plump up the cords, so that the voice sounds younger.(S8) The voice lift is becoming more widely known among an aging population, who try to make themselves sound younger.“I speak in a great deal, or I was shouting, on a particular day, at the end of the day, I would feel exhausted,” said Robert Brown, 75, (S9) a retired construction engineer who underwent the voice lift several years ago, “I don’t know if I sound younger, but the hoarseness is gone, which is such a gre at improvement.”(S10) Voice lift can also benefit people like performers, lawyers, teachers, and telephone operators who need to have a strong voice and hope to shave years off the sound of their voice.Task3: A View of HappinessScriptMen are turning to plastic surgery and cosmetic procedures to brighten up their appearances at a faster rate than women, according to a survey released on Wednesday.Men’s use of fat injections to soften deep wrinkles leaped 47 percent last year from theprevious year. Wo men’s use of the injections fell 36 percent, according to a survey by the American Academy of Facial and Plastic Reconstructive Surgeons.Men’s use of botox injections to eliminate frown lines rose 88 percent, while women’s botox use fell 8 percent.And for smoothing skin, the use of laser resurfacing among men rose 13percent, the survey showed. Meanwhile, women’s use of laser resurfacing dropped 38 percent during the same time period.The number of men getting nose jobs rose 47 percent, while the number of women doing so rose 5 percent.Typically, men and women visiting plastic surgeons for cosmetic reasons were age 40 to 59. The study said 44 percent of men and 57 percent of women tell their doctor that looking younger is the reason they are choosing cosmetic surgery.By about 18 percent, men are more likely than women to say they want facial cosmetic surgery for work-related reasons.The study was conducted by written questionnaires from January 20 to March 3 among more than 2,600 members of the association, who focus on treatment of the face, head, and neck. By comparison, in the previous year, women’s use of botox rose 60 percent while men’s fell 14 percent; women’s use of laser resurfacing rose 13 percent while men’s fell 19 percent; women’s us e of fat injections fell17 percent and men’s fell 54 percent.6. What is true of men and women’s use of fat injections?7. While of the following is true of nose jobs?8. How much greater is the percentage of women choosing cosmetic surgery to look younger than the percentage of men?9. What is true of men and women using botox in the previous year?10. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?Keys: 1C 2.C3. B 4.B 5.DIV. Speaking OutMODEL 1 She’s having some cosmetic surgery.A my: Did you hear Nora’s off to Korea?Bill: why is she going to Korea?Amy: She is having some cosmetic surgery.Bill: I’m floored! I thought she was beautiful already.Amy: I know what you mean. She’s having her nose fixed.Bill: Was it broken?Amy: No, stupid, she’s having it made smaller.Bill: If she wasn’t beautiful already, I could understand getting surgery. But she already has a nice nose.Amy: But not a fashionable one. She’s also having her teeth straighten. She wants to have a perfect smile.Bill: What for?Amy: She believes a better physical appearance will improve her chance of getting a good job.。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4-听力原文及翻译
OutsideviewConversation 1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London? A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone elseLi:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Conversation 2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工)at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time OffLi:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?Outsideview :How to get a jobGraduation.What a big day!Your life is about to begin!And then your parents say..."Get a job".I tell you!Looking for your first job out of college can be pretty hard.Reading all the job listing is so annoying.Even trying to figure out what the actual job is can be difficult.Searching through the want ads can be so boring.And writing your resume is really hard work."I don't have that day open."Getting a job interview,and then going on it—the whole process is pretty tough."Sorry to keep you waiting.Uh,have a seat.""I have your resume here,and you are interested in the assistant's position.""Yeah,yeah""Well,the right candidate for this job has to be very outgoing and sociable.After all it is a sale position.""Well, I'm a real extrovert(性格外向的人).Definitely.""And the right candidate has to have great self-confidence.Customers need to feel that you know what you're talking about.""Well, I'm really self-confident.Um I know what I'm talking about and I think I can project that""So,what skills would you bring to this job?"""Well, I realize that I'm completely overqualified for this position.I mean,um,in my last job,I was running the whole place.""Oh,so you've supervised people?""Yep,five of them.So,obviously I could do this job,no problem.I also have really good computer skills.Um what else do you want to know about me?""Eh..."Even though I was trying really hard,even though I had sent out about 300 resumes,even though I asked all my friend and relatives if they knew of anything.I wasn't getting anywhere!Despite all my best efforts,I was still unemployed."Please,why don't you see a career counsellor(顾问)?I'll pay for it.Anything to help you get a job!""Samantha,I'm Phyllis Stein.Welcome""Oh,hi,Phyllis.Nice to meet you."So I figure,heck,why not?I met with Phyllis Stein,a professional job coach."Interviewing is vital to getting the job that you want."She showed me how to prepare for an interview by doing research on the position and the company.And latter,she coaching me on my interviewing skills."I am going to pretend to be your interviewer,and then we'll stop it and replay it and look at the video and see what we could learn from that.OK?""I don't think that you should go into an interview having not practised with some of the questions that are pretty standard.""Tell me about yourself.""Well,my parents—my mom is a social worker,and my dad is an engineer.""Your preparation is really important.""What do you know about our organization?""Well,I saw on,um,on the Internet that ,you do business publishing?Right?""There is a whole range of things that have to do with how you present yourself/""Why should I hire you?""Oh,well.,um, I'm a really outgoing person,and I like,I like people a lot.I'm responsible and nice.""You need to think about what the interviewer is actually looking for.""Samantha, what was a major problem that you've encountered and how did you solve it?""I haven't really had any problems to deal with. ""Thank you.Now let's look at your mock interview on videotape. ""I think it boils down(归结为)to preparation,presentation, and understanding what the interviewer is looking for "(Watching the videotape)"Another way of answering it is not telling about yourself ,but telling your relationship to the job."So,they don't care so much about your parents and that you want to live in Cambridge.They may need you to be able to be a troubleshooter.You use some examples in your life from being a troubleshooter.""One of the things that someone who is an assistant in a trade show is doing,is dealing with problems.You need to be sure that you stay,sort of ,on target with preventing,presenting yourself in the strongest possible way."This time I felt a lot more confident when I went in for the interview."I have developed strong communication skills.In college I worked on the school paper and I brought some writing samples to show you.""I also worked every summer at a bed-and-breakfast.""I worked a lot with our guests.I booked reservation over the phone,got them what theyneeded,and handled any complains.""Well,I feel like I did really well.We'll see. "Making a good first impression is the most important part of a job interview.Arriving on time and being confident are the most important parts of a job interview.It's very important that you are being confident and you're being clear in your answers and listening carefullyNot fidgeting(坐立不安,烦躁)and being confident are the most important things in a job interview.Writing a thank-you note is the most important thing you want to do after a job interview/And go in there with a firm handshake.Listening in"It's not enough to ask what successful people are like...It is only by asking where they are from that we can unravel the logic behind who succeed and who doesn't"This is the basic idea of an intriguing book called Outliers, by the American journalist Malclom Gladwell.The book explores the factors which contribute to people who are extremely successful in their careers, for example, the role the family , culture and friend play.Gladwell examines the causes of why the majority of Canada ice hokey players are born in the first few months of the calender year,what the founder of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his extraordinary success,and why the Beatles managed to redefine the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Canada recruits from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger,stronger and better athletes than others born later in the year.And because they have this advantage at the start of their sports career,they're given extra coaching,and so there's a greater chance that they'll be picked for an elite hockey team in the future.He calls this phenomenon accumulative advantage(积累优势),a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer.Success depends on the process by which talented athletes are identified as much as it does on their own abilities.Another aspect which contributes to success is the 10000 hour rule.Great success demands an enormous amount of time for practise and training.For example,the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200times over four years,much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell claim is necessary for great success.So by the time they returned to England,they had developed their talente and sounded completely different from any other group.In the same way,Bill Gates had thousands of hours' worth of programming because he had access to a computer at his high school.He also became a teenager just at the right time to take advantage of the latest developments in computer technology.Outliers has met with extraordinary sucess,matched only by Gladwell's own career for 25 years in journalism.As a result, many citics have seen it as an autobiography, in which the writer appears to be apologizing for his own personal achievements.But the ides that you have to be born at the right moment,in the right place and in the right family,and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provoking way of revisiting our traditional view of genius and great achievement.It's certainly worth reading,as long as you don't take it too seriously.Listening in 2P:Hi,we are talking about typical working hours in the US and in Brazil.Eric...um...you're from the States,tell me what are the typical working hours in the States?E:Er...traditionally people go to work at 9o'clock in the morning and they finish at about 5,so sort of a 9to 5.P:And,and Penny I...I know you're English but you work in Brazil,what are the hours in Brazil?Penny:Um varies slightly,sometimes you can start um on an early shift,say,8o'clock in the morning to 5 um or 9 until 6.But in Brazil often people will work longer hours than this.P:Right,right ok.And what kind of clothes do you wear?I mean do you dress up formally or in a relaxed way?E:It used to be that you would wear a jacket and tie to work for...for men but er nowadays an open shirt is ok.You don't necessarily have to wear a tie and sometimes on a Friday you can wear a pair of jeans to work.P:Oh,right the dress down Friday?E:The dress down Friday that's right.P:Does that still happen?E:Yes, yes sure it does.P:And how about in Brazil?Penny:Um, it's fairly casual,quite informal,um I mean you need to look neat and tidy obviously,but you,you have your own choice rely on whatyou would wear,there are no rules and regulations.It's important to look smart but comfortable.P:Right,yeah do you have meal breaks or is that...you just fit in meals when you can or...?E:Lunch,lunch is usually an hour sometimes a little shorter if you have to do a lot of work from your desk.P:Yeah,how about Brazil?Penny:That's the same, about an hour.P:And,and with overtime,I mean,if you...I mean you're obviously contracted to do a certain number of hours.What happens if you do more than the hours that you...that's in you...that are in your contract?E:I have to make a fairly um strict record of my hours so if I go beyond 5 o'clock on most days I put in for overtime.P:Right.E:And it's...the first hour is one of overtime and then there's I think 15minute periods after that.So I could work an hour and a quarter.P:And you'd be paid for the quarter hours?E:That's right,by the quarter hour.P:How about in Brazil?Penny:It's,it's a lot looser in Brazil actually.We we often end up doing overtime but unfortunately not paid.P: Fine.That's hard luck.And what about holidays,what about in the States?You don't have much holidays in the States do you?E:No.When you start at a company you get two weeks holiday or two weeks vacation as we say...P:YeahE:Um then it's usually not until you've been at the company for about five ears that they give you another week.So you get three weeks after you've been there for five years.P:And what about in Brazil?Penny:Um it's quite good actually-30days.P:Sounds very generous.Penny:Yeah I can pop back to...P:Is that 30 working days or 30 days in total?Penny:That's 30 working daysP:Wow,that'sPenny:Yes,yeah it's a good deal.P:What about retirement?I know it's a long way of there!When do you retire?E:Generally speaking it's at 65.P:And the same for women.E:Um it's I think a little sooner than that for women.Women I think 62or 63.P;Right ,good.And in Brazil is it similar?Penny:Similar to the States.It's um after 60 for women.65 for men,or if you've clocked up about 30 or 35 years of service then you can retire after that.P:Right and when...do you have a pay day?When is pay day?E:Um,well ,we gt paid twice a month,so we get paid at the beginning of the month and then we get paid in the middle of the month at the 15th give or take(大约).P:Yeah,and what about in Brazil?Penny:I think it all depends which company you're working for.For the one I am working for right now I get paid twice a month but when I began,with a different company that was once a month,so,it varies.P:And are there any company benefits that you have in the States?Do you have a company car or a pension?E:Yeah,we get a company car.We're able to...we lease a car in effect but it's a company car that we get for 18 months to two years and then we...we can move on to another model from that.There's a fairly good pension scheme,that's still working,and hospitalization as well.P:Oh,that's importantE:Yeah,a health plan through work is very important.P:Right.And what about in Brazil?Penny:Yeah,excellent benefits like that.Well I mean it does depend on the company and the status of your or your job but you might get a car,living accommodation,school for the children,they'll pay for your lunch,travel passes,gasoline,health insurance,all sorts of benefitsactually it's very good.P:Sounds very good,with the holiday and all those benefits it sounds a great place to work.Unit 2Outside viewConversation 1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy: OK, sure.Janet: Fine by me. What's on the agenda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume everyone has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books? Andy: Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out next month, so…Joe: I'm sorry, I really think that's quite unacceptable. It's your job! What about you, Janet?Janet: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! And I didn't know I was meant to read all the books.Andy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assistants. You're meant to assist me.Andy: It's true that we need to read the books, Joe, but we haven't…Joe: OK, there you go. You are always making excuses!Andy: And what's more, we haven't even chosen the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Janet: I suppose we're looking for books with a London angle(伦敦视角)?Andy: Not necessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Janet: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography(自传)of Charles Dickens which I'm reading.Andy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Janet: You see I'm studying Dickens at university, and I noticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really interesting.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.Andy: Sounds right up your street(拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK, that's it everyone. Let's get to it!Conversation 2Janet: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why.Janet: He wasn't being at all fair. How often does he get like this?Andy: Well, I suppose it's not very often. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves(使某人心烦意乱).Janet: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed.Andy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Anyway, you're the expert on Dickens, tell me something about him.Janet: Well, Charles Dickens was one of the most popular novelists in 19th century Britain. Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes. Each one had a cliffhanger at the end that made people want to read the next episode(集,一集).Andy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old.Andy: And he set most of his stories in London, didn't he?Janet: That's right. He knew the city very well.Andy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set?Janet: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court inspired some of most famous characters in his novels.Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Janet: That's right, especially around Docklands. The thing was…Dickens was a social commentator(社会评论员)as much as he was a novelist-his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experienced in the 19th century. It makes mewant to read some Dickens again. Maybe I'll just go shopping for a copy of Great Expectations.Andy: Anyway, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brainwave(突然想到的妙计,灵感)to suggest the new biography.Janet: Cheer up Andy. It wasn't your fault.Andy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopping!Outside viewBritish people read a lot. They read books, newspapers and magazines. And of course they read text messages on their mobile phones. Sixty-five percent of British people list "reading for pleasure" as a major hobby. A quarter of the population reads more than 20 books each year. So where do these books come from? Well, there are bookshops where you can buy books. And there are lots of public libraries where you can borrow books for free. In this library you can borrow books, but you can also buy a cup of coffee, look at an art exhibition, sit in a quiet study area or connect to the Internet. Y ou can also now borrow CDs, videos or DVDs of films and television programmes. Some libraries even let you borrow computer games. There are often reference rooms where you can go to look something up or go to study. Many libraries have also got special rooms with books and photograghs about the historu of the area. Libraries are very important in schools and universities both for study and for reading for pleasure. The British Library is one of the world's greatest libraries. The queen opened its new building in 1998. It receives a copy of every book published in Britain, and adds three million new items every year.It's got books of course, but also sound recordings, music, maps, newspapers, and magazines. People predicted that radio, then television, then the Internet will kill reading, but it still a very popular activity.Listening in 1M:So how long has your book group been running?C:Well, let me see, it's over 20years now. I think it's actually one of the oldest books groups around, because it was only about 20years ago that they started to become fashionable in the UK.M:And how often do you have meetings?C:We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to(前奏,预备期)Christmas when we all start to get busy with other things.M:And how many members do you have?C:We're ten in all, although it's rare that everyone can attend.M:And what happens during the meeting?C:Well, we usually meet at one of our homes, and we start fairly late, around 8:30, and the host prepares dinner, and sometime during the meal, someone asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's when the discussion starts.M:It sounds quite informal.C:It is, yes, and sometimes if we haven't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more important than the discussion. But it's fairly rare that no one likes the book, and it gets quire interesting when opinions about it are divided.M And what sort of books do you read?C:Oh, all kinds, actually, not just novels, although I must admit that being a member of the club makes me read more modern fiction than I might do otherwise. But we also read the classics, you know the novels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have changed. We re-read Thomas Hardy recently, and whereas I used to love it when I was a student, this time I thought it was exasperatingly(惹人恼火地)dull. And we read non-fiction. quite a lot of history and travel writing. A couple of the members like poetry, which I don't, but you know, we're tolerant each other's choice, and it gives us a chance to try things we wouldn't usually read.M:And how do you choose the books?C:Well, at the end of the evening the person who hosts the dinner-basically, the cook- has the right to choose the next book.M:And that works OK?C:Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choosing something that will earn everyone else's respect. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too often!Listening in 2Well, thank you for your kind welcome, and for giving me the opportunity to give this brief tour of Literary England. I can't claim it's an authoritative tour, as I'm, not a professional literary specialist. However, I have two amateur passions: one is travel and the other is reading and English literature in particular. And this lecture is a description of different visits I have made to places in Britain and Ireland, chosen specifically for their close links with well-known writers of what we call the classics of English literature.Just to give you an overview of the lecture, I'm going to start in my home town of London, which is also the home of many well-known writers. But I think that the picture we have in our mind of London has been largely fashioned by the work of Charles Dickens and Shakespeare. Dickensian London is illustrated most clearly by his book Oliver Twist, and Shakespeare's London brings to mind the plays written and performed here, such as Romeo and Juliet. We'll also have a look at the memorial of freat British writers, Poets' Corner in Westminster Abbey.Then off we go to Oxford, another city rich in its literary history. I'm, going to focus on the greatest of Oxford's literary alumni, JRR Tolkien, the professor of English who wrote Lord of the Rings, which is now famous throughout the world because of the recent series of films.Then we turn south towards the gentle countryside of Hampshire, home of Jane Austen, where her various novels, including Price and Prejudice are set. She also spent a period of her life in the magnificent Georgian city of Bath.Then we turn north to the hills of west Yorkshire where we find Bronte country, so called because it was the home of the three sisters, Charlotte, Emily and Anne Bronte. Perhaps the two best known novels are Charlotte Bronte's Jane Eyer, and Emily Bronte's Wuthering Heights, also made into successful films.Then up to the north-west, to the stunning land of mountains and lakes which is the Lake District, home of the Lakeland poets. Perhaps its most famous son is William Wordsworth, whose poem "I wandered lonely as a cloud" has been learnt by generations of school children not just in Britain, but around the English-speaking world.So that's the basic route round Literary England, although I'll be thinking several detours to visit other famous writers whose work contributes to the glory which is English literature. Let's start…Unit3Outside viewLondon has always prided itself on being a little bit different when it comes to fashion. At the catwalk shows, designers showcase the hottest new trends for journalists and buyers from all over the world. But away from the glamour of designer collections, what do London girls actually wear? How do they create the affordable, personal style they are famous for? Hannah, who works for a fashion magazine, says London’s unique style is all about mixing and matching. One day can be punk. Next day you can be really girlie(少女般的). It’s kind of choosing what you want in your wardrobe. Maybe taking an expensive piece but mixing it with something cheaper or second-hand. I think that is what London girls are really good at doing. Portobello Road, in the trendy Notting Hill area, is home to one of the most famous markets in London. Here, you name it and people wear it-anything from market stall bargains to to-die-for(令人渴望的)designer labels sold in trendy shops. But how do the capital’s women view their style? Eclectic. My style is certainly eclectic. It is from Tesco. It is the Catherine Kidston range from Tesco. Sam is matched her outfit today with a bag she bought in a supermarket. Angela is a fashion stylist. So tell me a little bit about your life. What are you wearing and what would you say your style is? My style tends to change week by week. Today I am wearing some jeans from Uniqlo.I’ve discovered Uniqlo jeans and bought about five pairs cos they fit really well. The boots are by Aldo .My T-shirt is from Tooshop. The jacket is a really old jacket that I bought in the States a few years ago. But um, yeah I mean it just…it does tend to change a lot. Over to New Bond Street, London’s designer shopping Mecca(胜地)and the style stakes have gone up a little. Some of the most famous and expensive shops in the world can be found here. Shops where you have to ask the price of that handbag…or pair of shoes…then you know you can not really afford it. Natalie, a student from the city, says being laid back is what gives London style its edge. I don’t know. Everyone says like. French is like so fashionable and stuff but I think we are quite trendy, we are a bit more casual, but I think we have got a good style going on and everything, a bit laid back, but everyone still looks cool. Seylia works in a jewelry shop. No shabby chic(流行式样,时尚)here. Cashmere scarf from Louboutin, because it is cold. Black coat from Prada and a Valentino bag, which is probably as colorful as it gets. Katie is a model and loves how people dress in London because everyone has their own individual style. I love London it is so unique.And like everyone’s got their own fashion. I love it here, because you can wear whatever and just fit in, it is great. I love London for that. Laura is a student and says she doesn’t really put any thought into what she is wearing. Fashion, I wouldn’t really call it fashion. It is just kind of chucked together, basically, what I am comfortable in. Camden is known for its grungy(脏的,乱糟糟), daring and sometimes outrageous(极不寻常的)styles. Here fashion is whatever you want it to be. Teenagers don’t hold back much when it comes to choosing clothes. They just want to make personal statement .We are just crazy! We don’t hold back so much. It’s not all about being elegant or something like that. It’s more making a statement, some people. And we don’t care. Listening inPresenter: How often do you change your clothes during the day?Penny: Um I think it all depends on what I’m going to do. Um it might be as many as three times if…Presenter: Three times.Penny: Yes, if I was …if I was going to go to gym, for instance, having dropped the children off at school I’d be wearing an outfit for…just a。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4-听力原文及翻译(划重点)
Unit 1OutsideviewConversation 2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工)at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time Off Li:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink. Li:Who is round ?A:You...李:谈论未来的计划,你怎么看你的职业发展?我的职业?嗯,我喜欢在伦敦的时间工作,这是一个大的媒体公司的一部分,所谓的美国电梯,所以有很多的机会…李:但是……什么?答:这并不总是很容易的工作与乔。
新编大学英语视听说教程4听力原文及答案
视听说4 听力原文及答案Unit 1 Leisure activitiesPart 1 listening oneEver wish you could do magic tricks, or introduce yourself as “magician” at a party? Imagine, everybody wants to have fun, but nothings’ really happening, it’s time for you to show one of your new tricks. Here, you can learn how, and without any need for special materials or much practice.times as this will arrange the grains of salt. Then it will stand up. Don't forget to thank the chicken.Questions:1.What does the magician ask people to do in the first trick2.What happens to the coin?3.How does the magician prove that he can communicate his thoughts to theaudience in the second trick?4.What is the first step to make the egg stand upright?5.What else is needed to make the egg stand upright?Keys: 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. DPart 1 listening two(The following is an interview from a weekly sports program.)Presenter: Good morning, listeners. Welcome to our weekly sports program aimed at all those underactive youngsters with time on their hands! Listen to whatour two guests have to say about their hobbies and how their hobbies havemade a difference to their lives. Adrienne first, then, Jonathan. Adrienne: I collect very interesting jewelry. I tend to travel a lot as most of my familyI and skills is a very compelling reason to choose a particular career. Presenter: Then, Adrienne, do you have a similar plan?Adrienne: Yes, I love making beaded jewelry. I’ve decided to get some formal training. I want to learn how to be a jewelry designer.Questions:1. Who is the target audience in the program?2. What is Adrienne’s hobby?3. What does Adrienne usually buy when she visits a place?4. How does Jonathan benefit from canoeing?5. What should be the major concern in choosing a career according to Jonathan? Keys: 1. A 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. BPart 1 listening threeGerry: I've just been to see Gone with the Wind. It was fantastic. Well worth seeing.Have you ever seen it?Judy : N o, but I've read the book. I don't think I would like to see the film really. It would spoil the story for me.Gerry: Really? Oh, give me a film any day. Honestly, if I had to choose between the film of a story and the book of it, I'd go for the film.I easiertake less time: two hoursan social event: fun, go with friendsBooks: take more time: one weeknot a social event: do it on your ownbooks: use readers’ own imaginationget much more insight into the charactersfilms: spoil the storyexpensivePart 1 listening fourSally Marino gets married. After the wedding, there is a big party—a wedding reception. All the guests eat dinner. There is a band and, after dinner, everyone dances. Sally's mother and father pay for everything. At the end of the reception, Sally and her new husband cut the wedding cake and all the guests get a piece.Pete and Rose buy a new house. After moving in, they invite their friends and family to a party—a housewarming party. Everybody comes to see the new house. They look at the bedrooms, the dining room, even the garage. Pete and Rose serve drinks, sandwiches, and snacks. The party is on a Saturday afternoon.Receptionist: The first one is an aerobics class from 8:30 to 9:30 in the morning. Then there's another aerobics class at lunchtime from 12:30 to 1:30.Cathy: Right.Receptionist: Then in the evening from 5:30 to 6:30—another aerobics class too. And there's a jazz dance class from 6:30 to 7:30.Cathy: Right. And what level are they for? I mean, would they be OK for a beginner?Receptionist: The morning aerobics—8:30 to 9:30—is advanced. All the others are at the beginner to intermediate level. But let me give you a schedule.Cathy: Thanks. And how much does it cost for a class?Receptionist: You pay a £1 entrance fee and then the classes are £2.50 each and £3.50 for the jazz dancing. It's there on the sheet.Cathy: Oh, yes, I see.Receptionist: If you become a member, entrance is free and...Cathy: Oh, no, it's OK. I'm only in London for two weeks.Receptionist: Oh, right. That's no good then.Cathy: And I guess you have showers and everything?Receptionist: Yes, sure, and in the evenings you can use the sauna free, too.Cathy: Oh, great. So the next class is at 5:30? Well, I'll see you then.with foreign currency, changing money and all that when we go abroad. Ihate all that. And it's so confusing.Woman: O h, don't be silly, Steve.Man: And what's more, I can't speak any of the languages—you know that. It's all right for you. You can speak some foreign languages.Woman: Exactly. You see, what I'd really like to do is practice my French and Spanish. It would help me a lot at work.Man: Mm, but that's no use to me.Woman: B ut just think of the new places we'd see, the people we'd meet!Man: But look, if we stayed here, we wouldn't have to plan very much. Woman: I'm sorry, Steve. No. I don't fancy another cold English summer. Questions:1. Where does the man want to spend the summer holiday?2. According to Steve, what is considered important in planning vacation?3. What does Steve find confusing about traveling abroad?4. What will help Juliet in her work?5. What does Juliet think of summer in Britain?Keys:4. Why was it NOT possible to have football matches between two schools until 1850?5. What happened to football in 1863?Keys:1. D2. D3. A4. C5. CListening 4In one town, there were three longtime friends, Pat, Mike and Bob. Pat and Bobwere quite bright, but Mike was rather dull.One day as Pat and Mike were walking down the sidewalk together, Pat put his hand on a solid brick wall and said, "Mike, hit my hand as hard as you can." Mike struck a hard blow, but Pat pulled his hand away from the wall just before Mike's fist hit it. Of course, it hurt Mike's hand very much when he hit the wall, but Pat said, "That was a good joke on you, wasn't it?" Mike agreed, but was not too happy.The following day Mike and Bob were walking in the town square. Mike decided to play the joke on Bob. He looked around, and seeing no solid object, he placed his hand over his face and said, "Bob, hit my hand as hard as you can." Bob agreed, and as he struck a hard blow with his fist, Mike quickly pulled his hand away and wasanalysis of it. The second guy is so amazed that he says to the mermaid, "Hey, triple my IQ." The mermaid says, "Done." The guy begins pouring out all the mathematical solutions to problems that have puzzled scientists in all fields.The last guy is so impressed by the changes in his friends that he says to the mermaid, "Quintuple my IQ." The mermaid looks at him and says, "You know, I normally don't try to change people's minds when they make a wish, but I really wish you'd reconsider."The guy says, "No, I want you to increase my IQ five times, and if you don't do it, I won't set you free." "Please," says the mermaid, "you don't know what you're asking... It'll change your entire view of the universe. Won't you ask for something else? A million dollars or anything?"But no matter what the mermaid says, the guy insists on having his IQ increased by five times its usual power. So the mermaid sighs and says, "Done." And he becomes a woman.Keys: 1. F 2. F 3. F 4. T 5. Tevident.Bob White: I thought e-mail messages were gender neutral!Dr. Herring: No. While theoretical gender equality exists for the Internet, in reality women are not given equal opportunity because of differentcommunication and language styles between the sexes.Bob White: How does that happen? Do you have any hard facts to back up this impression?Dr. Herring: Yes. I've done a research project using randomly selected e-mailmessages from online discussion groups. I found that females uselanguage that is more collaborative and supportive such as "Thanksfor all your tips on...", "Good point." and "Hope this helps!". Mentend to use more aggressive or competitive language such as "Do youunderstand that?", "You should realize that...", "It is absurd tothink...".Bob White: How great are these gender differences?Dr. Herring: Males write messages using aggressive, competitive language more than twice as often as females did, while females use collaborativematter who opens the door for whom. Maybe females just should not expect too much. Life isn't a fairy tale after all.John: It's absolutely true. Sometimes I feel that there isn't any difference in the roles both genders can perform. Of course I'm not saying that men can give birth.Rather what I meant was except for the physical and natural differences between both sexes, there isn't much difference between them.Cathy: But honestly, although I don't expect guys to open doors for me, or to pull outa chair for me, I am usually quite impressed if they do so, as many guys don'tdo it nowadays. If the guy was walking in front of me and went through thedoor first, I'd appreciate it if he could hold the door and not let it slam in myface.John: Well, if I'm the one walking in front, I will open the door and hold it for the people behind me, be it a girl or a boy. I actually had the door slam right in my face a number of times though, when the person walking closely in front of me didn't hold the heavy glass door and let it swing back in my face. Of course, I tried to hold the door, but it was too heavy and too late. But I think it was more embarrassing for him than me as everyone was looking at him, while I was rubbing my squashed nose.Cathy: So being a gentleman does not stop at opening doors. There are many otherKeys:2. F F T T F2.1reflects descriptions 2.2 parents’ attitudes2.3suggest, act 2.4 raising their family, supporting their husbands2.5used to be, share these responsibilitiesPart 4 Listening 1"Equal" does not always mean "the same". Men and women are created equally but boys and girls are not born the same.You throw a little girl a ball, and it will hit her in the nose. You throw a little boy a ball, and he will try to catch it. Then it will hit him in the nose.A baby girl will pick up a stick and look in wonder at what nature has made. A baby boy will pick up a stick and turn it into a gun.When girls play with Barbie dolls, they like to dress them up and play house with them. When boys play with Barbie dolls, they like to tear their hair off.Boys couldn't care less if their hair is untidy. But for girls, if their hair got cut a quarter-inch too short, they would rather lock themselves in their room for two weeks than be seen in public.Baby girls find mommy's makeup and almost instinctively start painting their faces.One day I took my seven-year-old son with me to shop for an electric wall clock for the kitchen and found a whole counter full of them on sale at a discount store. I had trouble deciding which clock to buy. While I held one clock in my hand and looked at another, I asked my son which one he liked better.“The one you’re holding with the mouse in it, Mom,” he said.Before I understood his words, a real, live mouse jumped out onto the counter and ran away. I screamed so loud everyone turned to see what was wrong. I was so embarrassed. I tried to make my way quietly out of the store. Everyone was looking at me. On the way out the door, my delighted son recited Hickory Dickory Dock. What anaughty boy!Questions:1.Where did the story take place?2.Why did the mother ask her son which clock he liked better?3.Which clock did the boy like best?4.Why did the mother feel embossed?5.Why did he boy recite Hickory Dickory Dock?Keys:2. B 2. D3. A4. C5. DListening 4It is my belief that gender stereotypes are very real gender characteristics that are exaggerated to the extreme ends with no gray areas. So in truth a woman is "weak" physically only because a man is in reality "stronger". A woman is "submissive" only because a man in reality is more "aggressive". A woman is "emotional" only because a man is "less emotional". All these are observed facts.Are there ways to avoid the stereotyping? This is hard to do. We as males and females love to exaggerate our differences. It seems we love to do this in many ways.We love to exaggerate gender traits as if to say "Look how female I am" or "Look how male I am". Do we go so far as to actually create differences that do not exist? Not from what I see. I think we like to exaggerate our differences because the more male we feel or the more female we feel the more attractive we feel.So all in all I believe stereotypes are true differences that are exaggerated. I don't think stereotypes should be avoided because they are real. I do think that we should not place extremes of a trait to a gender as a whole and most certainly not limit someone's potential abilities based on a stereotype. Stereotypes should apply in general but not to an individual. They should serve to help make judgment but not as an absolute.proficient 6)interesting 7) original 8) less 9) finish the race Listening IIOnce Wealth and Poverty approached a merchant and introduced themselves as Goddesses. The merchant greeted both of them and said, "May I ask why you have come to my humble home?" The Goddess of Wealth said, "We want you to judge between us who is the most beautiful."The merchant did not know what to say. He knew he was between the devil and the deep blue sea. If he said that Wealth was more beautiful than Poverty, Poverty would curse him. If he said that Poverty was more beautiful than Wealth, Wealth would abandon him. However, he became calm and said, "I have great respect for you both. Would you please do what I ask of you? It is the only way I can judge properly." The Goddesses agreed. He said, "Mother Wealth, would you please walk towards my house? Mother Poverty, Would you please walk away from my house? This way I can see you both better, from near and far." The two Goddesses did what the merchant had asked them to do. Then the merchant confidently declared, "Mother Wealth! You appear most beautiful when you are nearest my house. Mother Poverty! You looktiles on the roofs, many of these houses now have living roofs. The wooden top of the house is covered with a special waterproof plastic material. On top of this there is soil, in which grass and flowers are planted. Such a roof can be very beautiful. But this really is not a new idea. When the early settlers came to the United States, they often made their houses by digging into the ground. Their roofs were made of wood, and covered by large areas of soil with grass or turf. They were warm, though not always waterproof. People replaced these houses and roofs as soon as they could live in regular wooden homes with wooden or metal roofs. Now, 200 years later, some people think of this as a new idea. But I think, "There is nothing new under the sun."1. 1) partly underground 2) living 3 ) digging into the ground 4) grass waterproofQuestions:1. What does the speaker mean by saying "There is nothing new under the sun"?2. What makes the speaker think of "earth-sheltered houses"?3. What is a living roof?4. How many years ago did the early settlers first build earth-sheltered homes?5. Why did People replace these earth-sheltered houses with regular wooden ones?transmit television.Man: Garbage! It was the Italians.Woman: No, it says here, the first TV transmission was in London, 1925. And here we are again, the first traffic lights were in London, in 1868.Man: But they didn't even have cars then, so why would they have needed traffic lights?1.D A A F C E A B B2.1)1762 2)1888/Belgium 3)1890/the United States 4)New York5)1514/Holland 1557 6) 1903 7) 1868Part 4 Listening 1Juan comes up to the Mexican border on his bicycle. He's got two large bags over his shoulders. The guard stops him and says, "What's in the bags?""Sand," answered Juan.The guard says, "We'll just see about that. Get off the bike." The guard takes the two bags and rips them apart; he empties them out and finds nothing in them but sand. He detains Juan overnight and has the sand analyzed, only to discover that there is nothing but pure sand in the bags.The guard releases Juan, puts the sand into new bags, hefts them onto the man'sLater, people learned to mix different clays together to make stronger pottery and to put the pottery in a fire oven so that the clay would harden faster. The potter's wheel was invented in China around 3,100 BC. The wheel spins clay like a top. It allows people to make pottery much more quickly and make shapes that were perfectly symmetrical—bowls that were really round, rather than lumpy or uneven. Pottery is not only considered one of the first inventions but also one of the first art forms. Most types of pottery have been painted with figures or designs; some even tell a story!1. B A C2. 1.The oldest known piece of pottery was found in china and dates back to 7900BC(and was made almost 10,000 years ago).2. It was used for holding water ,milk ,seeds, and grains.3. To make stronger pottery and to make the clay harden faster.4. It allowed people to make pottery much more quickly and to make symmetricalshapes.5. Because most types of pottery have been painted with figures or designs; someeven tell a story.Listening IIICathy: Yes, although she didn't like it.So, how did she cope?Michael:Cathy: She got an idea of putting art and candy together.Michael: How?Cathy: First she experimented with making an edible paint. She found that powdered food coloring mixed with vodka would work.Michael: That's quite a combination.Cathy: Then, for her "canvas", she melted white chocolate and molded it flat.She even learned how to make chocolate frames.Michael: What kind of art did she create?Cathy: She copied the works of famous painters. She displayed her candy art in the candy shop and customers would come in just to look at the art.Michael: What did her family think then?Cathy: They didn't take her seriously until the Toledo Museum of Art heard about her works and paid her to paint 77 reproductions of works intheir collection. That was her first big job. Now she works full-timeidea of making his own puppet show. He made a stage from wooden orange boxes and his mother's old curtains. He charged 2 cents for admission and earned 32 cents for his first performance.Spinney's family liked his creativity and encouraged him to do more . For Christmas when he was nine, his older brother made him a better puppet theater and his mother secretly sewed eight colorful puppets for him. Spinney later wrote, "The more I gave shows, the more I felt the power that one has when performing. All these people would sit in a room and listen to everything I said. I did all the character voices: little girl voices, an old lady voice, and a ghost voice. The audience listened and clapped atthe end, and also paid me to do it. What could be a better way to make a living than to perform? I knew that I would wind up in the world of entertainment."Spinney continued giving puppet shows. When he decided to go to art school, puppet shows helped him pay for his tuition. Even when he was in the army, he managed to continue giving puppet shows. He knew he wanted to do this as his life's work and that he wanted his audience to be children. When he was given the opportunity to create the character of Big Bird on "Sesame Street", he accepted it and over the years has made Big Bird one of the most beloved characters on American television.although it's really cold, you can still get a tan. Of course, the scenery is beautiful and it's really nice when you're tired to go and have a hot drink afterwards. The problem is that it's very expensive and really dangerous. But apart from getting hurt occasionally,I still thoroughly enjoy it.1. 1) tennis 2 ) quite young 3)soccer 4) a little kid 5) nearly 40 years 6)skiing 7) remember2. tennis 1,5,7 football/soccer 2,9,10 skiing 3,4,6,8Listening IIDuring the 1930s and 1940s, when someone asked a kid whom his role models were, he would often respond with the names of baseball players. Advertisers trying to sell a product would often turn to baseball stars because the public knew them and loved them. Now looking at today's baseball players, the only time we seem to hear about them is when they are complaining about their salaries. Baseball is no longer the great national pastime, and kids are looking elsewhere for their role models.Back in the 1930s and 1940s, money wasn't such an important issue. Players playedThere was no atmosphere. So we brought in a pool table and fruit machines. When players choose to spend time together, it generates a better atmosphere.The team spirit is very important, but I don't believe in motivating the team as a team.I don’t give team talks. I try to motivate the team as individuals. I speak to the players individually and try not to put too much pressure on anyone. I believe players perform best when they are relaxed. If they're too tense, I can guarantee they won't play well.I also believe in giving people autonomy. I like all the people who work for me to be autonomous. I very rarely interfere. I feel people should be judged on their results. Ifthey prove incompetent, then I'm incompetent if I continue employing them.It's like that with the team. I get criticized for not interfering during a game and for not making more substitutions. But I feel if I've chosen those 11 players to get a result, then I should leave them alone to get on with it.If I'm dropping a player from the team, I don't feel I have to explain it to them. If they want to discuss it, I'll say, "Come back and talk about it in a couple of days' time." But I don't try to remotivate them. It's up to them to have the character to fight their way back to the team. I'm a great believer that almost everything you achieve in life isas an occasion for propaganda. But why should the feelings of a few spoil it for all those who continue to be inspired by the Games?No! As long as the majority wants it, these Games will continue. This is sport, not politics, and it should remain so.1. 1.What is said about the purpose of the Olympic Games? C2.What is said about the spirit of the Olympic Games ? B3.What is said about the influence of the Games ? B2. 1.Criticism. 2. It could be harmfully deployed, as in war.3. The world is like a big family.4. Hostilities.5. The majority of people.6. To explain why the Olympic Games should be continued.hours. I suppose I finish at about midday.Karen: So you're free after twelve. What do you do then?Bo: You mean, what do I do in my spare time?Karen: Right.Bo: Well, we usually go swimming in the afternoon. That's all. I go to bed early. I want to win a gold medal for Sweden.Karen: Well, I hope you do. Thank you, Bo Lundquist. Next we have Bob Smith with me in the studio. Bob's a long distance runner and theAmerican 3000 meters champion.Bob: Hi!Karen: Hello, Bob. How is your training going?Bob: Fine, just fine. I have a really good program and I think I'm infirst-class condition.Karen: Tell me about it, Bob.Bob: Well, I don't like training early in the morning. I don't know why. I just don't like it. So I start around 10 o’clock.Karen: Mmm. And what about having lunch?People in tropical countries can read about winter sports but are unable to participate in them. They cannot build snowmen, throw snowballs, toboggan, or ice-skate. Above all, they cannot go skiing.Someone defined skiing as gliding over the ground on two boards. The sport is popular in America in the states which have snow in the winter months. The pleasure we take in this healthy outdoor activity is shared by the Finns, the Russians, the Swedes, the Norwegians, the Germans, the Italians, the Swiss, and the French, who also live in temperate zones with winter climates. But what must people from Egypt, Libya, and Nigeria think of this strange sport?Skiing, unlike tennis and baseball, is not a city sport. Until recently, even in countries with snow, it was limited to mountainous regions. Now there is a new variation that can be enjoyed by everyone. It's called ski touring.1. 1.building snowman2.throwing snowballs3.tobogganing4.ice-skating5.skiing2.Finland; Sweden; Switzerland; Germany; U.S.A; Italy; France; Norway; Russia (√)skill. Is it something that you just work hard to get, or is there a naturalsort of ability?Man: Well, there're people that have the natural ability, you know. I feel like I didn't have much. I just worked hard and that's what got me here.1. Male Baseball player 24 Pitcher five to six2. 1.What is the prime career time for a pitcher? C2. What makes the man successful in baseball, according to the conversation? A3. What can be inferred from the conversation? D4. Which of the following statements is true? D5. What kind of feeling does the man have now and then ? D6. What does the man think of baseball as a career? AListening IVLearning to swim had been surprisingly easy, thanks to the Navy's policy of dealing with fear by ignoring it. My fear of deep water left after my Navy experience. On the first day in the pool, an instructor with a voice like a bullhorn ordered 50 of us to climb a high board and jump in feet first. The board looked about 200 feet high, though it may have been only 20 or 25. A line was formed to mount the ladder andA2. How high was the board/? C3. What did the instructor do when he found out about the speaker’s problem?A4. Why did the speaker eventually jump into the pool? A5. What is the best way to overcome fear, according to the speaker? B6. Which of the following is true about the speakers’ education? D7. Which of the following can be used to describe the instructor? C8. Why did the speaker want to go to the shallow end of the pool? B9. Why did the instructor ask the speaker to do it again? D10. How did the instructor assure the speaker that he wouldn’t drown? B 2. 1) drifted 2) stepped 3) introduced 4) Quaking 5) climbed6) walked into 7)sinking 8) rising 9) broke 10)supportingUnit 6 risksListening 2Scripts:The possibility that something bad will happen is a risk. Risk can also be defined as the degree of danger that goes along with an opportunity. All risks have possible negative results. However, some risks are worth taking. For example, suppose that you have the chance to join a school football team. You risk a possible injury while playing to achieve the sense of accomplishment that comes with being on the team.。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4听力原文及选择题答案
Unit 1 Nine to fiveConversation1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London?A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone elseLi:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Conversation2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But... Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工)at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time OffLi:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?A:You...Conversation2 P3-6选择题答案 bdacPassage1“It’s not enough to ask what successful people are like...It is only by asking where they are from that we can unravel阐明the 1.logic逻辑;理由behind who succeed and who doesn't."This is the basic idea of an intriguing有趣的book called Outliers局外人, by the American journalist Malcolm Gladwell. The book 2.explores探索 the factors which contribute to促成 people who are 3.extremely非常地 successful in their careers, for example, the role that family, culture and friendship play.Gladwell examines检查the causes of why the 4.majority大多数 of Canada ice hockey冰球players are born in the first few months of the calendar日历year, what the founder建立者of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his 5.extraordinary非凡的 success, and why the Beatles 6.managed to能够redefine 重新定义the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Canada 7.recruits招收from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger, stronger and better athletes than others born later in the year. And because they have this 8.advantage优势 at the start of their sports career, they ‘re given extra 9.coaching辅导, and so there’s a greater chance that they ‘ll be picked for an elite精英的 hockey team in the future.He calls this 10.phenomenon现象accumulative累积的advantage, a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer. Success depends on the 11.process过程 by which talented有天赋的 athletes are 12.identified 确认 as much as it does on their own abilities.Another 13.aspect方面 which contributes to success is the 10000 hour rule. Great success demands an 14.enormous大量的 amount of time for practice and training. For example, the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200 times over four years, much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell 15.claims宣称 is necessary for great success. So by the time they returned to England, they had developed their talent and sounded completely different from any other group.In the same way, Bill Gates had thousands of hours’ worth值…的量 of programming编程 because he had 16.access使用to a computer at his high school. He also became a teenager just at the right time to take advantage of the test最新的developments in computer technology. All through the book, Gladwell repeats his claim that it’s not just talent or 18.genius天才 which 19.determines决定 someone’s success, but opportunity, advantage and even simple good luck.Outliers has met with extraordinary success, matched比得上 only by Gladwell ‘s own career for 25 years in journalism新闻业. As a result, many critics 评论家have seen it as an autobiography自传, in which the writer appears to be 20.apologizing道歉;辩解 for his own personal achievements. But the idea that you have to be born at the right moment, in the right place and in the right family, and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provoking 引人深思的way of revisiting our traditional view of genius and great achievement. It’s certainly worth reading, as long as只要 you don't take it too seriously.Passage1 P8-3选择题答案bdacUnit 2 A good readConversation1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy: OK, sure.Janet: Fine by me. What's on the agenda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume everyone has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books?Andy: Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out next month, so…Joe: I'm sorry, I really think that's quite unacceptable. It's your job! What about you, Janet?Janet: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! And I didn't know I was meant to read all the books.Andy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assistants. You're meant to assist me. Andy: It's true that we need to read the books, Joe, but we haven't…Joe: OK, there you go. You are always making excuses!Andy: And what's more, we haven't even chosen the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Janet: I suppose we're looking for books with a London angle(伦敦视角)? Andy: Not necessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Janet: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography(自传) of Charles Dickens which I'm reading.Andy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Janet: You see I'm studying Dickens at university, and I noticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really interesting.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.Andy: Sounds right up your street(拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK, that's it everyone. Let's get to it!Conversation2Janet: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why.Janet: He wasn't being at all fair. How often does he get like this? Andy: Well, I suppose it's not very often. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves(使某人心烦意乱).Janet: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed.Andy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Anyway, you're the expert on Dickens, tell me something about him.Janet: Well, Charles Dickens was one of the most popular novelists in 19th century Britain. Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes. Each one had a cliffhanger at the end that made people want to read the next episode(集,一集).Andy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old.Andy: And he set most of his stories in London, didn't he?Janet: That's right. He knew the city very well.Andy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set?Janet: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court inspired some of most famous characters in his novels.Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Janet: That's right, especially around Docklands. The thing was…Dickens was a social commentator(社会评论员) as much as he was a novelist-his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experienced in the 19th century. It makes me want to read some Dickens again. Maybe I'll just go shopping for a copy of Great Expectations.Andy: Anyway, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brainwave(突然想到的妙计,灵感) to suggest the new biography.Janet: Cheer up Andy. It wasn't your fault.Andy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopping! Conversation2 P15-6选择题答案abdccPassage1M:So how long has your book group读书会 been running?C:Well, let me see, it's over 20 years now. I think it's actually one ofthe oldest book groups around, because it was only about 20 years ago that they started to become 1.fashionable流行的 in the UK.M:And how often do you have meetings?C:We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to(前奏,预备期)Christmas when we all start to get busy with other things.M:And how many 2.members成员 do you have?C:We're ten in all, although it's rare that everyone can 3.attend参加. M:And what happens during the meeting?C:Well, we usually meet at one of our homes, and we start 4.fairly非常地late, around 8:30, and the 5.host主人 prepares dinner, and sometime during the meal, someone asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's when the discussion starts.M:It sounds quite rmal随意的,不正式的.C:It is, yes, and sometimes if we haven't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more important than the discussion. But it's fairly 7.rare罕见的 that no one likes the book, and it gets quite interesting when opinions about it are 8.divided有分歧的.M:And what sort of books do you read?C:Oh, all kinds, actually, not just novels, although I must admit that beinga member of the club makes me read more modern fiction小说 than I might do9.otherwise相反地. But we also read the 10.classics名著, you know the novels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have changed. We re-read Thomas Hardy recently, and 11.whereas而 I used to love it when I was a student, this time I thought it was exasperatingly惹人恼火地12.dull无聊的. And we read non-fiction纪实文学, quite a lot of history and travel writing. A couple of the members like 13.poetry诗歌, which I don't, but you know, we're 14.tolerant 宽容的 of each other's choice, and it gives us a chance to try things we wouldn't usually read.M:And how do you choose the books?C:Well, at the end of the evening the person who hosts the dinner-basically 基本上, the cook- has the right to choose the next book.M:And that works OK?C:Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choosing something that will earn everyone else's 15.respect尊重. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too often!Passage1 P20-3选择题答案 dacabUnit 3 Fashion statementConversation1Tanya: Hey! That looks good on you! You should try it on.Janet: No thanks, I’m just looking.Tanya: Go on, try it on. I can tell it suits you.Janet: You seem to want me to buy something. And I’m not sure I want to buy anything at all.Tanya: Well, yes .I’m pretty sure you want to buy something.Janet: How do you know?Tanya: Well, it’s my job to know what women want to wear.Janet: How do you know what I want to wear?Tanya: I can just tell. Most women don’t hold things up like that unless they know they want to buy it, but either they haven’t got the money or they are nervous about impulse buying.Janet: So what type of Tanya am I then?Tanya: No money.Janet: Yeah! You are right, but how do you know?Tanya: If you were nervous about impulse(心血来潮的,一时冲动的) buying, you’ll feel good that you’ve made a careful decision.Janet: That’s pretty smart. What is your job then?Tanya: I’m a buyer for a store in New York City. I’m here for London Fashion Week. Hey, do you want to go? I have some free tickets for the catwalk show this afternoon.Janet: Well, I’m not sure. I’m waiting for a friend for a friend, actually ,and…Joe: Hi, Janet!Janet: Joe! What are you doing here?Joe: Why the surprise?Janet: It’s just…I didn’t expect to see you. That’s all. Er, this is …Tanya: Hello, I’m Tanya Feinstein. Is this the friend you were waiting for…Janet: NO. Yes!Tanya: So would you both like to come this afternoon?Janet: Tanya has invited us to the catwalk show this afternoon.Tanya:Look at this. Oh, it’s perfect. I’ll try it on. I’ll leave you two to make up your minds.Conversation2Joe: Who is she? Is she a friend of yours?Janet: No, she just came up to me and started talking about fashion. She’s a buyer for some New York fashion store.Joe: But why she invited us to a catwalk show?Janet: She’s giving out free ti ckets. Part of her job I think.Joe: So do you want to go?Janet: I suppose so. Have not got any money for shopping, so why not? Tanya: OK, you guys made up your mind?Joe: You sure you got a couple of tickets for us?Tanya: Sure!Joe: Thanks. So what is your take on the London fashion scene then? Tanya: As far as I am concerned, the clothes shops in London are some of the best in the world. The way I see it, if I want haute couture(高级时装) I can go to Paris or Milan. But if I want street fashion that will look good in New York too, I come to London. The kids here all have this unique style. Joe: But they can not afford designer prices.Tanya: In London the fashion tends to start on the streets. It gets popular among the kids, and then the designers come and pick up on their style, turn it into designer clothes. Whereas in Paris or Milan, it is more of a top-down process(从上至下的过程).Janet: Top-down?Tanya: Sure. The big name designers create these wonderful clothes but they are really only for a few rich people.Joe: So you think it is different in London?Tanya: I sure do. And. if you ask me, New York as well. Anyway, you ready? Joe: Sure. Why not? Janet?Janet: Well…Oh well, it is getting late. So, I suppose so.Tanya: OK, follow me .Let us get a cab.Conversation2 P27-6选择题答案 bdabcPassage1Presenter: How often do you change your clothes during the day?Penny: Um I think it all depends on what I’m going to do. Um it might be as many as three times if…Presenter: Three times.Penny: Yes, if I was … if I was going to go to gym, for instance, having dropped the children off at school I’d be wearing an outfit一套服装 for…just a 1.casual休闲的 outfit for doing the school run, then I’d go to gym and get changed and then if I was going out in the evening I’d change again. Presenter: Yeah. How about you?Penny: Yeah, I think it depends what happens during the day. Most of the time though I just put on my clothes for work. I go to work I come home. Um maybe take something off, like er my shoes and change into a pair of 2.slippers 拖鞋 or something, just a pair of sneakers 运动鞋. Um but there are times when if I go to gym, like Penny said, or if we are going out, my wife and I are going out for some 3.occasion场合, I have to change into something a little nicer.Presenter: And, and so what would, what would be the occasion when you changed into something nicer? It would be different from a work…?Eric: Yeah like going to someone’s house for dinner or going out for dinner, or going to some kind of event.Presenter: Yeah, yeah. Would that be the same for you?Penny: Definitely当然了. Going to the 4.theatre剧院, um or meeting friends for a drink, yes.Presenter: So you’d always change for a social 5.circumstance情形;环境? Penny: Definitely makes it feel more of an occasion.Presenter: OK, and what about the clothes you are wearing at the moment, how would you know, what made you choose these clothes this morning?Penny: Well I am going for an interview in an hour’s time so I’ve got to look quite smart整洁的;优雅的 and presentable拿得出的;像样的 so that’s why I am looking smarter than I 6.normally通常地 would do in the day. Presenter: I think you have got a head start占得先机 here because you look very presentable.Penny: Ah thank you.Presenter: How about you?Eric: I am able to go to work in fairly casual clothes so you know it’s fairly relaxed, nice and easy, anything I’m comfortable with but as long as it’s clean and boss says it’s alright.Presenter: And so you dress for fort 舒适or do you think you are fashion conscious有意识的as well?Eric: Maybe a little bit fashion conscious yeah. You don’t want to stand out like a sore thumb很显眼 and people make fun of you, you know for some reason, but at the same time you want to have your own bit of individuality 个性.Presenter: I think you are discreetly不显眼地 fashion conscious, would you agree with…?Penny: Yes and another a good 8.trick窍门 I always do is carry my high heels 高跟鞋 in my hand bag and go in my trainers运动鞋 you see, and then I can 9.charge向…冲去 along and jump on the bus and then, and then look…Presenter: And you manage high heels?Penny: Yes once I’m there and haven’t got to move around too much. Presenter: Very impressive令人印象深刻的, very impressive. What do you think your clothes say about your 10.mood心情or your personality? Do you change depending…if you get up in the morning do you put on certain clothes depending on how you feel?Penny: Definitely, yes. If I’m feeling maybe a bit down I do not want to wear black because it’s quite draining精疲力尽的 and also as you get older it’s draining too, so I might put on some warm colors or which um, I don’t know, sort of make your skin look lighter and your eyes 11.sparkle闪烁 a little more. Um I, I change…I would say I have got a lot of different colors clothes according to my mood.Presenter: Yeah, and what about you? Do you change 12.dramatically引人注目地 in the evening when you go out on town on the razz狂欢 you know? Eric: Well not really. Um yeah I might put on a nicer pair of shoes or maybe er get out of my jeans and put on a nicer pair of 13.pants裤子, something like that. But um for the most part, it’s a young anization机构 that I work for and the boss is fairly young so we all dress um with a 15.youthful 年轻的 thought in mind.Presenter: Thank you.Unit 4 Money talksConversation1Andy: So what happened then?Janet: I saw some wonderful clothes, and had a wonderful day.Andy: But what were you doing there with Joe? I thought you were meeting with me.Janet: You were late.Andy: Ah, yes. You got me there.Janet: Joe is right you know. You are late quite often.Andy: Ok.Janet: I didn’t know what to do because l didn’t know you were on you way.And Tanya offered me the free tickets and then Joe just turned up.Andy: Oh well. Look, I’m really sorry I didn’t… Oh, I’d better take this. Hi, Andy speaking. Oh, yes of course. Hi, Mr. Pearson. Are we still on for today? It’s the guy we’re meeting today. Yes, we’re already here. Something unexpected has come up. OK, sure,we will have to make another arrangement to meet. That’s fine, no problem. So when would it be convenient for you?I think that’s OK, but can I check my schedule? Can you hold on for a moment, please? He can’t make it this morning. Are we clear this afternoon? Janet: I think so, yes.Andy: That’s OK. Could we make it at 2:30 rather than 2:00? Well, let me think. How about at our local, the Duke of York? Would that be OK with you?... Sure, no problem. See you this afternoon. Bye!Janet: What’s he coming to talk about?Andy: The city. The financial capital of the world… Next to New York, of course. I’d better tell Joe about th e change of plan.Conversation2Janet: So what does the world high finance have to do with our website? Joe: Well, I thought we could do something on the Bank of England Museum- It’s really quite interesting.Janet: So who exactly is Tim Pearson?Joe: He works there and he’s coming along today to plan our interview and a tour round museum.Janet: So we’re not actually doing any firming?Andy: No. Just asking more about the Bank and the museum.Tim: Hi.Joe: Hi, Tim.Andy: Hi, Tim.Janet: Hi, I’m Janet.Tim: Hi, Janet. Right, so where do you want to begin?Joe: I’ve got a plan of the museum. Can we go through it with you? Tim: Fine. Basically, the Bank of England Museum tells the story of the Bank of England. There’s also a collectio n of Bank notes and gold bars. Andy: Any free samples?Tim: Sorry, no chance! Now, you come in here on the left, past the museum shop. Then the first room you enter is a reconstruction of a late 18th century banking hall.Janet: And moving through to this room, on the top right hand site? Tim: That’s the story of the early years at the Bank from when it was founded in 1964.Janet: What about this room on the left?Tim: That’s the bank’s collection of silver goods, a pile of gold bars. And this room here below contains a description of how the modern economy works.Janet: So is our paper money always backed by its value in gold?Tim: Yes, the notes they gave or received were originally receipts for the loans in gold. But gradually these paper receipts replaced the gold and became bank notes.Janet: So is the Bank independent or controlled by the government?Tim: The Bank was given its independence in 1997.Janet: And why didn’t the Bank help the economy during the credit crunch in 2008?Tim: Well, it’s a bit difficult to explain…Andy: Take your time, Tim, we’d really like to know.Tim: Well, uh…Conversation2 P39-5选择题答案 bcdacPassage1Presenter: With me today is Tara Black, author of The History of Money. Tara, before we had money, we exchanged交换things, didn’t we?Tara: Yes, that’s right. In the Stone Age, people exchanged things like salt or 1.cattle牛. But of course the problem is that the things you exchange don’t last持久. And so money was introduced as a more 2.permanent永久的way ofpaying for things. And of course, money’s also a lot easier to use. You can carry it around with you very easily.Presenter: So when did people start changing from exchanging goods to paying for things with money?Tara: Well, as far back as 5000 BC, people in China and the Middle East were exchanging 3.metals金属 for goods.Presenter: As long ago as that?Tara: Yes. The first silver银ingots金银铸块、锭…Presenter: Silver bars条? Tara: Yes, they appeared around 2200BC in Europe and were used as 4.currency货币. Coins then appeared in Lydia around 700 BC. Presenter: Lydia?Tara: Lydia is a country in what’s now known as Turkey土耳其. Then other countries followed their example and started 5.producing制造them. A Greek 希腊的coin, the drachma德拉克马,希腊原货币单位, became the 6.standard标准的form of money in large parts of Asia and Europe.Presenter: And the first paper money?Tara: Paper money was first used in china around 960 AD.Presenter: It’s always China, isn’t it?Tara: Quite often, yes.Presenter: So as well as being long-lasting持久的;耐用的and 7.convenient 方便的, a big advantage of coins and paper money is that they have a standard value标准价值.Tara: Yes, they’re known as 8.representative代表的money. Every coin or paper has a certain value that doesn’t depend on the 9.actual实际的value of the paper or metal.Presenter: And how did banks started?Tara: Both the early Persians波斯人and the Ancient Egyptians埃及人had storehouses仓库where they kept their country’s grain粮食- we’re talking about 3000 BC. They exchanged the grain for promissory note期票;约定支付的票据. This 10.meant意味着 a written promise to pay back a 11.sum金额of money to someone. Really, these storehouses can be seen as the first banks.Presenter: I see.Tara: So over a great many centuries banks became places where money was 12.deposited存and lent贷. And they 13.guaranteed保证that a note票据of a certain value could be exchanged for a certain amount of silver. Presenter: And then there was the gold standard金本位, wasn’t there? Tara: Yes, the gold standard was 14.applied应用 all over the world from 1870 to 1915 but it was slowly 15.abandoned抛弃.Presenter: When did it become easier…Unit 5 Gender studiesConversation1Andy: I loved the question you asked Tim Pearson about financial crisis. Janet: Well, I shouldn’t have asked it. After all he is an expert! Andy: There you go again, you’re always putting yourself down. You don’t know how to take a compliment(称赞,恭维).Janet: True. I never find it easy to accept praise. Do you think women have been conditioned to accept criticism(批评,指责)?Andy: Well, I think that’s gender stereotyping(对...产生成见,模式化). Do you think that men are good at accepting compliments?Janet: Well, they seem to be able to deal with criticism much better. Andy: Don’t you believe it!Janet: Anyway, thank you, I accept your compliment.Andy: Not only that, but I think yo u’d make a really TV presenter. Janet: I’m not so sure. I haven’t seen many women in television here. Andy: Well, in the media in general, I can assure(确保,使确信) you that there are lots of women in presenting and management roles.Janet: Well, maybe, but I’m Chinese as well. I don’t think I’ll be accepted as a presenter on a British TV programme.Andy: Gender and racial stereotyping. I mean, it depends on what job and sometimes where you work in London, of course, but generally, Londoners are proud of their multi-ethnic community. Especially the Chinese, because cookgreat food!Janet: Now who’s doing the stereotyping! But seriously, look at all these smart women walking to work. Are they all secretaries or managers?Andy: OK, it’s a good point. I think that m any women manage to get middle management jobs in most professions. But it’s true that a lot of them talk about the glass ceiling.Janet: What’s the glass ceiling?Andy: It’s the situation where a woman is successful in a company, but then she hits the glass ceiling- this invisible(不可见的,隐形的) barrier which stops her going any higher in her career.Conversation2Janet: So what do you think causes the glass ceiling?Andy: It’s partly prejudice by men about women’s abilities in management. But it’s also when women take time off to have children; they don’t always recover the same power when they return to work.Janet: It not fair.Andy: You’re right, it’s not fair. I read here that only five to ten percent of the top companies in America and British are run by women.Janet: That’s extraordinary! In China there appears to be more women in top jobs, but I may be wrong.Andy: And look, here are some more statistics. About 60 percent of university graduations in Europe and North America are women. And something like 75 percent of the eight million new jobs in Europe have been filled by women. Janet: So the percentage of women in the total workforce is growing. Andy: You got it! But women in the UK are in a slight majority—there are more women than men.Janet: Do you think it’s especially bad in the UK, and in London especially? Andy: Not really. Some jobs which were traditionally done by women, like nursing, are now also done by men, and like engineering which are done by women. And there are plenty of women’s footbal l teams!Janet: Women’s football! We have women’s football in China too.Andy: Mind you, their matches don’t get many spectators!Janet: I give up. What else has changed?Andy: I think fathers spend more quality time with their children today. But I bet y ou it’s still the women who spend most looking after the children and the home.Janet: I guess that’s true everywhere.Andy: Anyway, I am going home to watch the match on TV. The local women’s team, of course.Janet: It’s typical of you men! You always bri ng it back to football! Andy: And that’s typical of you women! You always bring it back to gender stereotyping.Conversation2 P51-5选择题答案bccabPassage1Presenter: Has feminism女权主义,男女平等主义gone too far in the way men are shown in advertisements? Do you think there are too many ads now in which men are shown as 1.stupid愚蠢的 or weak?Speaker 1: 2.Definitely当然, yes. I can think of three ads right now where men are shown as stupid. The one that 3.annoys使恼火;生气 me most is the one where this guy is doing this DIY job and he’s no good at it. And his girlfriend is standing by waiting to do the job herself. Fine, if it was one ad, but it’s not, it’s a whole 4.attitude态度 now to men. It’s not good for us, it’s not good for women either.Speaker 2: Um, well, yes, I do feel that feminism has gone too far. I mean, great, women have made a lot of 5.progress进步 in the last 40 years, but it shouldn’t mean we treat men as 6.inferior(等级或地位) 低等的,次要的, which is what we see in quite a few ads these days. So no, I don’t really like the way men are 7.portrayed描绘 in advertisements.Speaker 3: Has feminism gone too far in advertisements? No way! Feminism has only just begun, there’s no real 8.equality平等 of pay in this country, and men still have all the top jobs. Women continue to be shown as 9.objects。
全新版本大学英语视听阅读4视频听力原文翻译
Unit 1 The Perfect SwarmNarrator: Damagefrom swarms of locusts can reach disastrous proportions. A single swarm of desert locusts can consume over 70,000 metric tons of vegetation a day.There is, however, one continent that ’s locust -free: North America.旁白:蝗虫群的伤害能够达到灾害性的程度。
一个单调的荒漠蝗虫能够耗费超出70000 吨的植被一天。
但是,有一个大陆是蝗虫自由:美国北部。
Interestingly enough, this wasn’t always true. For hundreds of years, the RockyMountain locust was a common pest in the American West. Back in the mid-1800s,thousands of pioneers journeyed across the . in search of free land and new opportunities. They settled on the frontier of the western states, and began to farm the land intensively, growing corn and other crops.风趣的是,这其实不老是真切的。
几百年来,落基山脉的蝗虫是美国西部的一种常有害虫。
早在19 世纪中叶,不计其数的前驱者超越美国在自由的土地和找寻新的时机。
他们定居在西部边疆,并开始对土地进行集中耕作,栽种玉米和其余农作物。
Then, in 1875, out of nowhere, a rare combination of air currents, drought, and basic biology produced the right conditions for an unthinkable event, the worst storm ever recorded, the “perfect swarm.” It came over the horizon like a strange, dark cloud. Not millions, not billions, but trillions of insects, sweeping through the land likea living tornado. Those who saw the incredible event and survived never forgot what they witnessed.而后,在1875,走出无处,一个稀有的组合,空气电流,干旱,和基本生物学产生了正确的条件为一个不行想象的事件,最坏的风暴有史以来,“完满的群” ,它在地平线上像一个奇怪的,黑暗的云。
全新版大学英语听说教程 4 听力原文
全新版听说教程4 听力原文Unit 1 One WorldPart BListening TasksA ConversationBirthday Celebrations Around the WorldExercise 1Listen to the conversation and write down answers to the questions you hear.Chairman: Welcome to this special birthday edition of One World.Tonight we have a special program dedicated to birthday celebrations around the world.With us in the studio we have Shaheen Hag and Pat Cane,who have a weekly column on birthdays in the Toronto Daily Star. Shaheen: Good evening.Pat: Good evening.Chairman: Shaheen, perhaps we could begin with you.How are birthdays celebrated in India? Shaheen: Well, perhaps we're all assuming that everyone in the world celebrates their birthday. This just isn't the case.Low-income families in India, for instance,simply can't afford any festivities.And most Muslims don't celebrate their birthdays.Pat: I think Shaheen has raised an interesting point here.The Christian church, too, was actively against celebrating birthdays.Shaheen: Of course some Muslims do celebrate their birthdays.In Egypt, Turkey and Indonesia, for example, the rich people invite friends and families around.But not in small villages. Chairman: Here in England your twenty-first used to be the big one.But now it seems to have moved to eighteen.Is that true?Pat: Yes, in most parts of the West eighteen is now the most important birthday.In Finland, for example, eighteen is the age when you can vote,you know, or buy wines, drive a car and so on. But in Japan I think you have to wait till you're twenty before you can smoke or drink. Shaheen: I know in Senegal, which is another Muslim country,girls get to vote at sixteen and boys at eighteen.And in Bangladesh, girls at eighteen and boys at twenty-one.Chairman: That's interesting.I mean is it typical that around the world girls are considered to be more mature than boys?Shaheen: Yes, I think so, and in Mexico and Argentina,for example, they have enormous parties for fifteen-year-old girls.Pat: You know in Norway they have a great party for anyone who's not married by the time they're thirty.It's kind of embarrassing.I mean you get pepper thrown at you.Chairman: Pepper? Why pepper?Pat: I'm not really sure.Shaheen: So does that mean that on your twenty-ninth birthday you can start thinking "God I better get married"?Pat: Well, I'm not sure how seriously they take it.Chairman: In England we have quite big parties for your fortieth, fiftieth,sixtieth and so on. Pat: Well, in Japan your eighty-eighth is considered ...Chairman: Eighty-eighth?Pat: ... to be the luckiest birthday.Eight is a very lucky number in Japan.Questions1. What is One World?2. What is the topic of the program?3. What do Shaheen Hag and Pat Cane do?4. Why don't some people in India celebrate their birthdays?5. Why is the eighteenth birthday so important in Finland?6. Why can girls in some countries get to vote at an earlier age than boys?7. Which of the countries mentioned in the conversation are Muslim countries?Exercise 2Listen to the conversation again and decide if each of the statements you hear is true (T) or false (F).Statements1. The program is broadcast in Canada every day.2. People everywhere in the world celebrate their birthdays.3. Many Muslims do not celebrate their birthdays for religious reasons.4. In England, the twenty-first birthday is very important,which is unusual in the West.5. The twenty-first birthday is very important in Japan.6. In Norway, young men and women usually get married before thirty to avoid having pepper thrown at them.7. Eighteen is a very lucky number in Japan.8. It can be concluded that our world is made more colorful by the many different ways birthdays are observed in different countries.Speaking TasksPair WorkA. Reflections on the textYou have just heard a program about birthday celebrations around the world.What do you think of the celebrations?Why is it that some people do not celebrate their birthdays?What does your birthday mean to you?Exchange views with your partner.You may mention the following points in your discussion.○ what birthdays mean to you○ how birthdays are observed around the world○ why some people don't celebrate their birthdaysB. Picture talk — Talking about wedding customsA SampleMost people in the world hold a wedding ceremony when they get married.However, like birthday celebrations,wedding celebrations are conducted in different ways,depending on where you live, which religion you believe in,and how good is your financial situation.The following are three groups of pictures showing three wedding ceremonies held in different places and at different times.Give a brief description of each picture and then make a comparison between the three weddings.Possible Description (for reference)Pictures (a) — (c) show a typical wedding ceremony held in a church in a Western country.In the first picture, the bride is seen walking down the aisle,leaning on her father's arm.She is wearing a white wedding gown and holding a bouquet of flowers in her right hand.All eyes turn to her as she slowly moves forward to take her place beside the bridegroom in front of the clergyman.In Picture (b) we can see the clergyman presiding over the wedding ceremony.He is asking the bride and the bridegroom the usual questions on such an occasion.In Picture (c) the parents of the bride and the bridegroom are giving a large party in a garden. Guests arrive in formal evening dress.There is music and dancing.Pictures (d) — (e) present a traditional Chinese wedding held at home.In Picture (d), we can see a hall thronged with people.There are red lanterns hanging on both sides of the hall.On the lanterns are written the Chinese character "double happiness".In Picture (e) we can see the bridegroom's parents seated in high-backed chairs.The bride and bridegroom are bowing to them.The bridegroom in his long gown looks very respectful.The bride is dressed in bright red but we can't see her face since it is covered with a piece of red cloth. Along the two sides of the wedding hall stand the family members,relatives and friends. Pictures (f) — (h) show a wedding banquet held in a big restaurant in China.In Picture (f), we can see the bride and the bridegroom standing at the entrance greeting the guests. The bride wears a long white dress, and the bridegroom is in a tuxedo.In Picture (g), we find ourselves in a large banquet hall,decorated with the cheerful colors of a wedding party.About a hundred guests are seated around tables that are graced with all kinds of delicious food and drinks. The host, who is the father of the bridegroom, is making a speech,expressing his thanks to the guests for coming to his son's wedding.In Picture (h) the bride has changed to a traditional Chinese red gown, or qipao,which is elegantly cut and shows her fine figure.She and the bridegroom are going round the tables,exchanging toasts and sharing a joyful moment with the guests.Comparing From the pictures, we can see that a wedding is an important event everywhere in the world.It has been so in China, for example,from the old days to the present and the same holds true in Western countries.As a rule, there is a big ceremony,attended by family members, relatives and friends,who have come to share the joy of this special occasion in the lives of two people in love.Food is plentiful and laughter fills the air.To all those present, the ceremony is both sacred and joyous.However, while sacredness and joy are the spirit of all weddings,the way people observe the occasion varies from place to place and changes over time.This is reflected in various respects.First, in Western countries,many people get married in a church while in China this is rare.Second, Western people often choose a scenic spot to hold wedding parties whereas most people in China give their wedding parties either at home or in a restaurant.Third, in Western countries, the color of the bride's dress is white,which is a symbol of purity, while in China, traditionally,the color of the bride's dress is red, which is a symbol of happiness. ***** ***** ***** *****Now use the above sample as your model and carry on similar activities with your partner according to the pictures given below.Part CTest Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.First ReadingOne World One Minute is a unique film project that invites participants in every country around the globe to record simultaneously one minute of their lives,one minute of our world.Sponsors of this project have chosen 12:48 GMT,September 11th, 2002 as the one minute to record.At that moment exactly a year earlier began the terrorist attacks that led to the deaths of more than 2,000 people from over 60 countries.For many this will be a time of remembrance and reflection.And for others this will be an appropriate time for international communication,cooperation and sharing.This is the idea behind the project One World One Minute.Participants are free to choose what and how to record their One Minute.Some may want to take photographs, some paint or draw pictures,while others may want to write something and record their readings.The material can be submitted to the project organizers in Scotland via e-mail or post within 6 weeks of September 11th.All the material will then be made into a feature-length film,which will capture that One Minute of our existence.The film will explore the rich diversity that is both humanity and our world.It will allow a voice to all people regardless of nationality, religion,race, political viewpoint, gender or age.The rich diversity that is Humanity shall be there for all to see. Participants will not only be kept informed of the progress of the film and the release process but will be invited to actively participate through newsletters and discussion forums.When the film is finished, it will be shown in every country of the world,both in cinemas and on TV.Contributors will be invited to attend the first public performance of the film in their respective countries and will receive a full screen credit on the finished production.Second ReadingFinal ReadingUnit 2 Anti-smokingPart BListening TasksA PassageLast Gasp for SmokersExercise 1Listen to the passage and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.It was a normal day and in their New York office,Ken and his colleagues stopped for their coffee break.But while his colleagues were able to sit at their desks and drink their coffee,Ken had to go outside.He couldn't stay inside, because he wanted to smoke.If the smokers of the Big Apple want to enjoy a cigarette, the authorities have decided they must go out into the street or up onto the rooftops.Throughout the United States,the number of places where people are allowed to smoke has gradually dwindled.First it was banned on trains, buses, and planes,then in public places such as theaters and airports.Now you can't smoke in any workplace.Nonsmokers are definitely winning the battle."Why should we breathe their smoke?" they say.If they're lucky, smokers can still find some bars and restaurants or parks and recreation centers where they can light up a cigarette,but it may soon be banned there, too.In fact, smoking in parks and recreation centers is already bannedin California.On August 9, 2001, Los Angeles City and County officials announced the implementation of a smoke-free park policy,officially designating smoke-free zones in all 375 parks and recreation centers in the city.And since January 1, 2002all parks in California have become smoke-free to safeguard children from the harmful effects of secondhand tobacco smoke and dangerous tobacco waste.Anti-smoking groups even think that smoking ought to be banned in people's homes.Under new plans you won't be able to smoke in any house where there are more than ten visitors in a week,or where there are children.In 1996, nicotine was classed as a drug, like cannabis, cocaine or heroin.And scientists all over the world agree that exposure to secondhand smoke poses a serious health risk and there is no safe level of exposure.It is especially dangerous for children because when they are exposed to tobacco smoke,they have much higher rates of lung diseases such as bronchitis and pneumonia and are also at greater risks of developing asthma.In the country that gave tobacco to the world,smoking might one day be illegal.And then Ken will have to give up.Questions1. What is the main idea of the passage you've heard?2. What does the speaker think about banning smoking in public places?3. Where is smoking not banned according to the passage?4. Which of the following is true about nicotine?5. What can be inferred from the sentence"In the country that gave tobacco to the world,smoking might one day be illegal"?Exercise 2Listen to the passage again and complete the answers to the questions you hear.Questions1. Who has won the battle against smoking in the U.S.? How do you know?2. What did authorities in California do to restrict smoking?Speaking TasksPair WorkA. Reflections on the textYou have just heard a passage about the anti-smoking movement in the U.S.Do you agree with the policies mentioned to ban smoking in public places?What do you think about young people smoking?Why do they pick up smoking in the first place?What should we do to help them give up smoking?Exchange views with your partner.You may mention the following points in your discussion.○ importance of banning smoking in public places○ increase in the number of young smokers○ measures to discourage the young from picking up smoking○ finding out and campaigning against the r eal causes of young people smokingB. Debating — Arguments for or against banning smoking in restaurantsA SampleIn our city it is quite common to see diners smoking in restaurants,even when the air-conditioner is on and all the windows are shut.Some people are strongly against it and think the governmentshould put a ban on smoking in all air-conditioned areas.Others either take it for granted or do not care.What is your attitude on this issue?Express and defend your views from the perspectives given below.Topic: Should smoking be banned in restaurants?Perspectives:1. From the perspective of a customer (positive)2. From the perspective of a restaurant manager (negative)Possible Arguments (for reference)From the perspective of a customer (positive)I'm strongly against smoking in restaurants.I hate breathing in cigarette smoke while I'm eating, especially when the air-conditioner is on and all the windows are shut.Toxic tobacco smoke lingers on in the room,gets into my eyes, my hair, and my clothes.It makes me dizzy and even causes me headaches.As the restaurant becomes dangerously polluted with concentrated tobacco smoke,nonsmokers who must share the same enclosed environment with smokers run a higher risk of contracting smoking-related illnesses.Even if people around one table are all nonsmokers, they cannot avoid inhaling smoke from other tables.Statistics show that secondhand smoke is also a cause of lung cancer among nonsmokers.And if a pregnant woman happens to be there,she might run the risk of having a deformed baby.Secondhand smoke is also extremely harmful to young children and can cause asthma and bronchitis.We nonsmokers don't want to sacrifice our health for the selfish enjoyment of smokers.The restaurant, I think, should at least have a smoke-free area.The size of the area would depend on customer demand.Let the smokers enjoy themselves in a special room.Otherwise, I think I will stop patronizing (光顾) restaurants that do not have a smoke-free area and perhaps this will force them into creating one.From the perspective of a restaurant manager (negative)I know smoking is very harmful.For us who work in air-conditioned restaurants,inhaling secondhand smoke is certainly harmful to our health.But what can I do?How can I say "no" to the smokers in my restaurant?Most likely, they would not listen to me.If I insist, they would surely get very angry at me.Some of them might quarrel or even fight with me.And those who come with them would usually support them and criticize me. They might say: "It's none of your business.There is no regulation against smoking in restaurants. Why can't we smoke?" In that case, what could I say?It's true that there are no regulations banning smoking in restaurants.And other diners,though they are aware of the danger of inhaling secondhand smoke,may be either indifferent or intimidated from speaking out.I would be quite alone,and my effort to dissuade my customers from smoking would be in vain.What is worse, I don't think those customers would come to my restaurant again.And my business would suffer.***** ***** ***** *****Now use the above sample as your model and carry on similar activities with your partner.Part CTest Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.W: Hey, Eric, have you read that letter in the paper about smoking this morning?Don't you think the person who wrote that has gone too far?M: I don't think so, Rose.To my mind the government should do everything it can to discourage people from smoking,especially the youngsters.W: Maybe so. But it seems a law banning cigarettes would do no good.M: No. You can't suddenly make smoking illegal.But the government could prohibit smoking in public places,like cinemas and theatres.W: I quite agree that smoking should be banned in public places.I don't smoke myself and cigarette smoking bothers me.But I don't know if it will work.You know, if you ban smoking in all public places,many smokers will want to do it.People always want to do things that they are not allowed to do.M: Yes, that's true.W: But I think people should be allowed to smoke in the street.Don't you think so?M: Not at all.Frankly I think smoking should be banned altogether in public and private places.In the first place it's a dirty habit.In the second place it's dangerous to your health.Questions1. What does the letter in the paper suggest that the government do?2. What do the two speakers have in common?3. What do you know about the woman?4. Which of the following is true of the man?Unit 3 MemoryPart BListening TasksA PassageHow Our Memory WorksExercise 1Listen to the passage and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Human beings have amazing memories.Apart from all our personal memories about our own lives,we can recall between 20,000 and 100,000 words in our own language as well as possibly thousands more in a foreign language.We have all sorts of information about different subjects such as history, science, and geography,and we have complex skills such as driving a car or playing a musical instrument.All these things and countless others depend on our memory.How well you remember things depends on many different factors.Firstly, some people naturally have better memories than others,in just the same way as some people are taller than others,or have different color eyes.Some top chess players, for example,can remember every move of every game that they have ever seen or played.Secondly,research shows that different things are stored in different parts of the brain.Ideas, words,and numbers are stored in the left-hand side,while the right-hand side remembers images, sounds, and smells.In most people one side of the brain is more developed than the other,and this may explain why some people can remember people's faces easily,but can't remember their names.Thirdly, we all remember exciting, frightening,or dramatic events more easily.This is because these experiences produce chemicals such as adrenaline,which boost your memory.Fourthly, the context in which you learn something can affect how well you remember it.Tests on divers, for example,showed that when they learnedthings underwater,they could also remember those things best when they were stly, the more often you recall a memory, the more likely you are to remember it.If you don't use it, you'll lose it.A telephone number that you dial frequently will stay in your memory easily,but you will probably have to write down one that you use only now and again.Questions1. What does the passage mainly tell us?2. What can be inferred from the passage?3. Which of the following is stated to be true?4. Why can we remember exciting, dramatic, or frightening events better?Exercise 2Listen to the passage again and fill in the following blanks with the missing information.Speaking TasksPair WorkA. Reflections on the textYou've just heard a passage about the importance of memory.Have you ever thought about how important your memory is?And have you ever complained that you have a bad memory?Exchange views with your partner.You may mention the following points in your discussion.○ the importance of memory○ factors influencing how well one's memory works○ ways to improve one's memoryB. Describing an unforgettable experienceA SampleIt is mentioned in the passage that exciting,frightening or dramatic events tend to leave a sharp impression on your memory.What is the most unforgettable experience in your life?Describe it to your partner.Possible Description (for reference)It was an extremely hot day in 1980.That night my roommate and I went to bed early.All of a sudden we felt that the whole building was shaking."It must be an earthquake," cried my roommate.Quickly she put on her dress and her shoes.On hearing what she said,I was frightened to death and my whole body froze, unable to move. Instead of putting on my clothes, I kept crying,"Please wait for me! Please don't leave me!"I was so afraid that she might ignore me and run out of the building to find a safe place for herself. Contrary to what I expected, she returned,stood by my bedside and waited for me patiently.She watched me clumsily put on my blouse and trousers and then we went downstairs together.Once we were out on the playground,my panic was gone and I was able to think.On recalling what I had required my roommate to do, I felt guilty.No one can tell what might happen next during an earthquake.By asking her to wait for me,I might have put her life in danger!She was too smart not to realize that, I think.But she waited for me anyway.How selfish I was!That earthquake and the courageous act of my roommate have always stayed in my mind,long after the event.***** ***** ***** *****Now use the above sample as your model and describe an unforgettable event to your partner.Part CTest Your ListeningListen to the passage and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.To many people advancing age means losing your hair and your memory.But is it true that the older you get, the less you remember?Actually, in healthy people,memory doesn't deteriorate as quickly as many of us think.As we age, our memory mechanism isn't broken,it's just different. The brain's processing time slows down over the years.Recent research suggests that nerve cells lose efficiency and that there's less activity in the part of the brain that decides whether to store information or not.There are steps you can take to improve your memory,though you have to work to keep your brain in shape.Some memory enhancement experts suggest we pay attention to what we want to remember.Then give some meaning to it.We remember things when we focus on them, whether we intend to or not.Basic organization helps us remember the boring stuff.For example, rather than trying to recall a random list of groceries,we can divide them into categories, such as dairy, meat, and produce.For important things like keys and money,we can set up a "forget-me-not" spot where we always keep them.We can also eat to aid our memory power. Whole grains, fruits and vegetables are excellent sources of glucose,the brain's preferred fuel.To get adequate rest is a low-tech way to improve memory.Sleep may allow our brain time to encode memories.Interest in friends, family and hobbies does wonders for our memory.A sense of passion or purpose helps us remember.Memory requires us to pay attention to our lives,allowing us to discover in them everything worth remembering.Questions1. Which of the following can we learn from the passage?2. Which of the following can help improve our memory according to the passage?3. What should we do to aid our memory power according to the passage?Unit 4 Dealing with Cultural DifferencesPart BListening TasksA ConversationEmbarrassing ExperiencesExercise 1Listen to the interview and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Interviewer: Rob, you went to Brazil, didn't you?Rob: Yes, I did.Interviewer: So, what happened?Rob: Well, I went into this meeting and there were about, er ...seven or eight people in there and I just said "Hello" to everybody and sat down.Apparently, what I should have done is to go round the room shaking hands with everyone individually.Well, you know,it's silly of me because I found out later it upset everyone.I think they felt I was taking them for granted.Kate: Well, I know that because when I was in France the first time,I finished a meeting with "Goodbye, everyone!" to all the people in the room.Well, I later found out that the polite thing to do is shake hands with everyone in the group before leaving.Interviewer: Well, people shake hands in different ways, don't they?Rob: Oh, yes, they do.See, normally I shake hands quite gently when I meet someone.So when I went to the US for the first time,I think people there thought my weak handshake was a sign of weakness.Apparently, people there tend to shake hands quite firmly.Kate: Oh, gosh, that reminds me of my first trip to Germany many years ago.I was in troduced to the boss in the company when he passed us in the corridor.Well, I wasn't prepared, and I had my left hand in my pocket.And when we shook hands I realized my left hand was still in my pocket. Well, that was, you know, very bad manners and I was quite embarrassed.Interviewer: And how about using first names?Have you made any mistakes there?Rob: Oh, yes, I have!When I first went to Italy I thought it was OK to use everyone's first name so as to seem friendly.And I later discovered that in business you shouldn't use someone's first name unless you are invited to.Oh, and you should always use their titles as well.Kate: Hm, yeah, well, when I met people in Russia, you know,they seemed to be puzzled when I shook hands with them and said "How do you do?"Well, what they do when they greet a stranger is say their own names,so I had that all wrong!Rob: Oh, yes, I agree with that. Remembering names is very important.Interviewer: Shall we take a break?When we come back we'll move on to our next topic.Kate & Rob: OK.Questions1. What is the conversation mainly about?2. Who might be the people Rob and Kate met in various countries?3. What can we infer about Kate and Rob from the conversation?4. Which countries has Kate visited, according to the conversation?5. Which countries has Rob visited, according to the conversation?6. What is the main message that the speakers want to tell us?Exercise 2Listen to the interview again and fill in the table below.Speaking TasksPair WorkA. Reflections on the textYou've just heard Rob and Kate talking about the experiences they had in some foreign countries. They made a number of mistakes in behavior because they were unaware of cultural differences. Do you think it is important to be aware of cultural differences?Why? How can we avoid misunderstanding in international communication?Exchange views with your partner.You may mention the following points in your discussion.○ awareness of cultural differences — to avoid misunderstanding○ importance of learning about other cultures○ importance of knowing how to deal with cultural differences —key to successful international business and cultural exchange。
全新版大学英语视听阅读4视频听力原文
Unit 2 The Red DevilsNarrator: Dr. Bob Gilly is a neurobiologist at Hopkins Marine Station in Pacific Grove, California. He’s studied squid for more than 20 years. His most recent study of Humboldt squid, sometimes called “red devils,” tracked the movements of almost 1,000 squid off the coast of Santa Rosalia, Mexico. Two months later, the squid began to appear across the Gulf of California, near Guaymas. To get a closer look at the giant squid and, hopefully, to learn more about them, Gilly headed down to the small fishing village. Gilly has invited Bob Cranston, an intrepid cameraman who’s spent more time in deep water with giant squid than anyone, to film the squid. Gilly doesn’t dive himself, so Cranston will serve as the scientist’s eyes underwater. Cranston begins by giving some det ails about the new diving equipment he’s brought.旁白:鲍勃侍从在霍普金斯海洋站在太平洋格罗夫神经生物学家,加利福尼亚。
全新版大学英语视听说教程4听力原文
Unit OneT ra ck 4-1-OL-lA. Jay and Elise are talking about an accident. Listen and check the correct picture.Jay: Come in here, Elise. You should see this show!Elise: What is it?Jay: It's called "The Titanic of the Sky." It's about the Hindenburg, a great engineering feat.Elise: The Hindenburg ...Jay: You know, that giant zeppelin that crashed in 1934. Thirty-five people died.Elise: Oh yeah, I remember now. It was flying from Germany to the United States. It crashed as it was landing.Jay: Right. It's so funny looking, don't you think? It doesn't look anything like the airplanes as have today.Elise: That's true. Why would people ride in a zeppelin anyway? It seems so dangerous.Jay: Well, some people called the Hindenburg "man's greatest achievement in flight." They thought it was safe, I guess. Elise: Who rode in it anyway?Jay: Mostly wealthy people. It accommodated between 30 and 40 passengers and crew. One person said it was like a "flying hotel."Eise: It sounds pretty great.Jay: Yeah, and it was fast. That's why people rode it. They wanted to get to their destination faster.Elise: Why didn't they just take a jet plane?Jay: Elise! You know they didn't have jets back then. Look, in 1934 it took five days to travel from Germany to the U.S. by ship.The zeppelin could do it in half that time. It was speedy.Elise: Well, maybe I'll sit down and watch a little bit. Maybe I'll learn something ...T r a ck 4-1-OL-2B. Listen again. How was the zeppelin described? Check your answers.Track 4-1-OL-3A. Listen to the conversation and check the correct picture.Jack: I think we should buy a bigger car. Big cars are safer.Kayla: Yes, but on the other hand, they consume more oil.Jack: They also look really cool.Kayla: That's true, but there are some SUVs which are not big but also very beautiful.Jack: And 1 think big cars are more fun to drive.Kayla: But then again, it's very expensive.Jack: Well, let's get more information about several kinds of cars, okay?T ra c k4-1-O L-4Listen to another person talking about famous buildings in his country and fill in the blanks with information you hear.My country has two very famous buildings called the Petronas Towers. The buildings are made of glass, steel, and concrete. They were designed by an American architect, but he used a Malaysian style. They were finished in 1998, and they were the tallest buildings in the world at that time. Each tower has 88 floors, and is 452 meters high. I really like the Petronas Towers. They show both the modern and the traditional side of my country.T r a c k4-1-O L-5A. Listen to a talk on controversies about modern buildings. Then fill in the blanks to complete the sentences. Modern buildings: We love them, We hate themThe world-famous Louvre Museum in Paris is almost 500 years old, and it faced a very modern problem: There simply wasn't enough space for six million visitors each year. In 1989, American architect I.M. Pei designed a striking glass pyramid in the building's center to be a visitor entrance and shopping arcade. But he also started an angry debate. Some people felt his glass building was a piece of art, like the ones inside the museum. Others said it was just an ugly, modern mistake.Kyoto, Japan, is the country's ancient capital, and the heart of its culture. Its railroad station was too small for the millions of visitors. In 1997, the city completed a new station in a huge shopping center, right in the oldest part of the city. Designed by Hiroshi Hara, the building also contains a hotel and department store. Before it was built, critics said that the high, wide, modern building would destroy the city's traditional look. On the other hand, supporters said it would bring new life into the city center.Track 4-1-OL-6B. Now listen again and complete the chart with the information you hear.Track 4-1-OL-7B. Listen to the interview with Erika Van Beek, an engineer. According to Erika, what should be done about overcrowding in cities?The future building boom?Interviewer: What do you think is the biggest problem facing our cities?Erika: I think it's overcrowding. Talk to anyone living in a major metropolitan area and they will say the same thing: There's no space. Even the suburbs are getting crowded.Interviewer: Well, in some places there simply isn't any land left for building, right?Erika: Yes, that's true, but you have to think creatively. You can't give up so easily.Interviewer: Think creatively? What do you suggest?E r i k a:What I'm saying is that we can build more structures underground. We can add parking lots, malls, hotels, and even apartment buildings. There's plenty of space.Interviewer: Isn't it expensive?E r i k a:Yes, it can be. In the past building underground has been very expensive. However, we have new technology that will bring the cost down. It involves using robots. You don't have to pay robots a salary!Interviewer: Isn't "building down" more dangerous than other kind of construction?E r i k a:Actually, I think it's safer than building skyscrapers, for example. Remember, we already do it. We have subways and underground shopping malls. I'm just suggesting we invest in a variety of bigger projects and that we dig deeper. Interviewer: What would you say to people who doubt your idea?E r i k a:I can understand their feelings. Whenever there's a new idea, it can cause controversy. But "building down" is not some kind of impractical idea. It makes sense. There is so much space underground: It can accommodate a lot of traffic, storage, and people. With the new technology we have, we'd be crazy not to consider the idea —it's the wave of the future!Track 4-1-OL-8C. Listen again. Check the statements you think Erika would agree.Unit 2Track 4-2-OL-1Pam: Well, Lynn, I must be going. It was great to see you –Lynn: By, Pam.Pam: What’s that?Lynn: Oh … that’s Ollie.Pam: Ollie: I didn’t know you had a dog!Lynn: Well, we don’t … really.Pam: What do you mean?Lynn: Come here.Pam: Oh my goodness. It’s a robot!Lynn: That’s right. It’s a dog robot. They call it a “dogbot.”Pam: How interesting! … But it’s a little strange, don’t you think?Lynn: Well, I wanted to get an interactive toy for the kids. They love it. So I’m happy.Pam: How much did it cost?Lynn: Don’t ask. It wasn’t very affordable. It’s cheaper than having a real dog, though. We don’t ever have to buy dog food! And the batteries are rechargeable.Juliana: Hey, Henrik. Look.Henrik: What is it, Juliana?Juliana: What’s that guy doing over th ere?Henrik: Which guy?Juliana: The one over there. Wearing a suit. H’s punching so many buttons on his cell phone.Henrik: Oh, him. He’s probably playing a game.Juliana: Really?Henrik: A lot of people have games on their cell phones. It’s really p opular here in Finland. They play them everywhere.Juliana: Do you play them, too?Henrik: Yes, I do.Juliana: I only use my phone to make telephone calls. I guess I’m old-fashioned.Henrik: I heard that some people play games even at work. They can play quietly during business meetings. No one knows about it.Juliana: I’d like to try it.Henrik: Here, use mine!Track 4-2-OL-3Penny: Hello. Your Computer World sales department.Ted: H i, Penny. It’s Ted.Penny: Oh, hi, Ted. What’s up?Ted: w ell, my computer has crashed again.Penny: Oh no!Ted: Oh, yes. That’s why I’m calling. You know, it’s five years old. And I need to speak to Scott about getting a new one.Penny: well, you’ve called at a good time. We have some attractive new models.Ted: G r eat! I’m looking for something affordable. And I want to get something portable this time.Penny: I’m sure Scott can help you with that… Let’s see, he is in a meeting until 3:30. I’ll ask him to call you.Ted: N o, that’s OK. I’ll call him after 3:30. Ple ase give him the message.E-mail is my favourite way to communicate. I think it is as fast as a fax machine, and it is as easy as a cell phone. Of course, e-mail has some problems, too. It isn’t as affordable as ordinary mail, because you need a computer and Internet service. And I don’t think it is as reliable as a fax machine. Sometimes e-mail messages get lost. But in my opinion, e-mail is as convenient as a cell phone. I can send a message from my home or office, and my friends can read it when they have time.Track 4-2-OL-5In today’s report, we look at a new technology called pervasive computing.Pervasive computing means putting tiny computers into everyday electronic appliances, such as toasters and microwaves. With pervasive computing, appliances can communicate with their users – and with other appliances! Some companies now sell pervasive computing products like a “smart” toaster. It remembers your favourite kind of toast: light or dark. Companies are designing a “smart” coffee maker and a“smart” clock. The coffee maker can measure the water and coffee. It can even put milk in your breakfast coffee and make black coffee in the afternoon. The clock will check the time on other clocks in your house, and give information about other appliances. For example, it can tell you, “Your coffee maker needs more water.”And that’s only the beginning. One company is now advertising “Save time –phone your washing machine!” engineers are making a “smart” house. In this house, the lights, heater, and ai r conditioner change automatically when family members come home. This makes the home comfortable, and it saves a lot of energy. Pervasive computing could change many parts of our daily lives.But do people really want pervasive computing? Do they really need technology everywhere? One company asked people about their opinions on “smart” appliances. There were surprises. A “smart” refrigerator can buy more food on the internet, but people didn’t want it, because it might make mistakes.“Pervasive computing is as important as a telephone,” says Rebecca Blair, president of InnoTech Corporation. But some of these products are not useful, or even practical. Companies should learn more about the technology that people really want.Track 4-2-OL-7Local girl rescuedShe may have a broken leg, but she can’t be happier. Morgan Bailey, 11, is happy to be alive.Tuesday was like any other day for Morgan. She was at school. It was fourth period, and she was the first student to arrive in the gymnasium for her physical education class.Suddenly there was a loud noise.“There was a sharp cracking noise and then a loud boom. After that, I don’t remember anything,” said Morgan. The roof of the gymnasium had collapsed under the heavy snow. Morgan was trapped und erneath. She couldn’t escape.“I woke up and there was a big piece of wood on my leg. I couldn’t move it. I was starting to get cold.”Fortunately, help was nearby. A new program using “rescue robots” was tried for the first time.“We were nervous about using the robot,” said Derrick Sneed, the man in charge of the program. “But in the end, the robot gave us reliable information. It went extremely well.”The rescue robot was able to go into the gym and locate Morgan’s exact position.“We send in robots first because it may not be safe for humans,” said Mr. Sneed. “Human beings are not as useful as robots in some situations. A gas leak, for example, could kill you or me but wouldn’t hurt a robot.”Although it didn’t happen in Morgan’s case, some r escue robots can bring fresh air or water to people who are trapped.Rescue robots go into rough, dangerous places. They work in life or death situations. They have to be durable. Doctors say that Morgan is doing well. She should be going home in two or three days. What is the first thing she wants to do after she gets out of the hospital?“I want to meet my hero,” laughs Morgan. “That little robot that saved my life!”Track 4-2-OL-9The first word processorMrs. Morgan: Good. So change the first part and make those corrections and your paper will be great.Tara: OK. Thanks for all your help, Professor Morgan. I’ll e-mail my paper to you later today. Mrs. Morgan: You know, technology is amazing. In high school I used to write my term papers on a typewriter. Tara: It must have taken a long time to write a paper on a typewriter.Mrs. Morgan: Well, I was pretty fast, but I made some mistakes. Actually, the typewriters weren’t that bad. Now, as for the first computers … oh my gosh!Tara: What do you mean?Mrs. Morgan: The first computers were so unreliable. They used to crash all the time. And they were not as affordable or as fast as they are now.Tara: Mine’s pretty fast, but not as fast as some of the newer, more expensive ones.Mrs. Morgan: I know! And nowadays, almost everyone has a computer. In those days, nobody had their own computer. We used to use the ones at the university.Tara: In the computer lab?Mrs. Morgan: Yeah, that’s all we had. I’ll never forget, one spring, during final ex ams. Everybody was working on their term papers, and the electricity went out!Tara: So? No big deal … laptops have batteries …Mrs. Morgan: Yes, but remember, in those days we didn’t have laptops. If your computer crashed, you lost everything.Tara: Everything?Mrs. Morgan: Everything. We used to lose information all the time, but that time it was terrible. Everybody lost their papers that afternoon … including me.Tara: What did you do?Mrs. Morgan: I went back to the good, old-fashioned way.Tara: You mean typewriters?Mrs. Morgan: Nope. I used something more affordable, portable, reliable, disposable, something that always worked.Tara: What was that?Mrs. Morgan: (holds up pencil and paper) The first word processor.Unit 3Track4-3-OL-1/Track4-3-OL-2Joe: What are you reading, Maria?Maria: The Daily News.Joe: The News? Ugh! That’s a terrible paper.Maria: Oh, Joe, it’s not so bad.Joe: Not so bad? Look at that headline on the front page! It’s so sensational.Maria: Well, they’ve got great comics. I can’t live without my comics.Joe: I know. But the news coverage is so poor, ... especially the international news. It’s a joke, really.Maria: I’m not so interested in the international news. Besides, they have so many other good feature s.Joe: Like what?Maria: Like… the daily horoscope, for example. I love it.Joe: That’s not a good reason to buy a newspaper … for the horoscope!Maria: Look, the newspaper only costs 50 cents. What so you expect?Joe: Good point.Maria: Besides the horoscope, I also like the entertainment news. I like to read about the stars and their love affairs. Joe: Well, you can keep The Daily News. I’m going to stick with The Times.Track 4-3-OL-3Amy: John, I’ve never notice this old photo of your family before.John: My mother just found it in the attic. She decided to hang it up.Amy: It’s a nice picture of your family.John:I think it’s embarrassing. And I look stupid.Amy: Well, you could‘ve combed your hair … it’s a nice shot, though. Look at how young you ar e! How old were you in the photo?John: Eight … no wait, I’d just turned nine.Amy: I guess these two people are your parents.John: Yep. They were married when that picture was taken. Now they’re divorced.Amy: Oh. What do they do?John: My father’s retir ed. Mom works in a hospital.Amy: What are their names?John:Well, my father’s name is Joseph. My mother is Olivia---she was named after a popular actress.Amy: How great! I have an aunt with the same name. I love the name Olivia … Who’s that guy?John: Which one?Amy: The guy standing behind you. Is that your brother, Tom?John: No, that's my Uncle Randy. He’s only two years older than my brother.Amy: He’s cute. I love a guy with a moustache.John: Um, sorry, but he’s married now. His wife just had a ba by.Amy: I was just making a comment … So the other young guy must be your brother.John: Yes. That’s Tom.Amy: How old is he in the picture?John: Let’s see … he’s nine years older than me … so he would‘ve been 18 then.Amy: And there’s your little sister, Tina. She’s so cute!John: Yeah. She’s two years younger than me. It’s hard to believe she’s in high school now!Track 4-3-OL -51. A bank robbery in Virginia, USA, was stopped when the robber and the bank teller couldn’t reach anagreement. The robber push ed a holdup note under the window, but the teller looked at it, said,” I can’t read this,” and gave it back. The robber pushed the note through a second time. The teller crumpled thenote up and threw it at the robber. He picked it up and walked out of the bank.2. A professional ice hockey player will miss the rest of this season’s games because he injured himself.National Hockey League goalie Jean-Louis Blanchard went on the injured list after he fell and seriously hurt his back. He was walking out of a restaurant in Ottawa, Canada, when he slipped on some ice.3.The first international camel beauty contest was held last week in Alxa, in western China. More than 100dressed-up camels entered the contest. The judges examined them for shiny hair, tall humps, and beautiful costumes. Unlike human beauty contests, though, there were no interviews with the contestants.4.Police in Sheffield, England, arrested a 41-year-old man for stealing five cars. Graham Owens went to cardealers and said he wanted to buy a car, and borrowed a car to test-drive. Each time, he drove the cararound, then cleaned it inside and washed it outside---before leaving it at the side of the road, and walkinghome.Track 4-3-OL-71.Nutty newsLulu is a kangaroo. For 10 years she has lived with the Richards family. Lulu was adopted by the family after they found her next to her dead mother.Mr. Ken Richards is a farmer. He was working on his farm when a heavy tree branch suddenly fell on top of him.Lulu stood next to Mr. Richards’ body. She started barking and didn’t leave Mr. Richards’ side.I’ve never heard Lulu bark like that---she sounded like a dog. She barked and barked and she didn’t stop, “said Celeste, Mr. Richards’ daughter.After 15 minutes, the Richards family went to investigate. They found Ken on the ground and he wasunconscious.“Lulu is a hero, “said Celeste. “She saved my father.”Mr. Middleton, an expert veterinarian, said that Lulu’s story is rare. “I have never seen a kangaroo act like that. Maybe lulu helped Ken Richards becau se the Richards family is the only family she has ever known.”Lulu has always followed Ken around the farm. She’s a loyal, friendly, and very intelligent kangaroo. After Ken leaves the hospital, he is planning to go everywhere with Lulu.2.Nutty newsApproximately 175,000 people live in the Republic of Vanuatu, an island chain east of Australia. It is apopular tourist destination because there’s a lot to do there: you can visit waterfalls, go horseback riding,take an aerial tour, or visit a traditional Ni-Vanuatu village. Vanuatu is most famous for its scuba diving and snorkeling.In an effort to draw attention to these popular water sports, Vanuatu has created a world’s “first”: thegovernment has opened an underwater post office. You have to be a certified scuba driver to work there.The office is three meters below the surface in an area on the outskirts of Port Vila, the capital city. So far,the post office has hired four workers. They will work in a room surrounded by the beauty of Vanuatu’sunderwater world. Customers will buy waterproof postcards on land and then drive down to the post office to receive a special waterproof stamp.3-OL-51. cool2. sold out3. realizes4. music reviewer5. apartment building6. get them concert tickets7. goes over8. invites him to go with her9. a date with 10. mind Takeshi going without himUnit 4Track4-4-OL-1A. Listen to Camille’s job interview. Then circle the answer to the question.Man: So, I see here that you went to college.Camille: Yes, sir. For two years. I didn’t graduate.Man: Do you speak any languages besides English?Camille: Yes, I speak conversational French.Man: Any other languages?Camille: No, that’s it.Man: Well, that’s great. As you know, we fly to Paris twice a week. We always need people who can speak French. Man: Let’s see… have you worked for an airline before?Camille: No. I have no job experience.Man: So, this would be your first job.Camille: Yes.Man; Well, I only have two more questions. Are you healthy and physically fit? Can you lift heavy objects? Camille: Yes, I think so.Man: Well, the emergency window exit on the plane weighs about 50 pounds. And the meal cart is very heavy, too.You need to move those objects sometimes.Camille: I think I can do that.Man: Wonderful. Let me tell you about the next step. We have a six-week training program that takes place in the summer. You have to…Track 4-4-OL-2B. Listen again. Check Yes or No for each statement about Camille.Track 4-4-OL-3A.Listen to Olivia talking about her future plan and fill in the blanks with information from the talk.I plan to become a teacher after I finish my studies. I decided to study at this university because the teachingprogram is very good. We have a lot of practice working with children. I love to work with young kids. I expect to graduate from the university next June, and I hope to find a job in a kindergarten. I’ll try to start working in September.Track 4-4-OL-4B.Listen to the job interview. Check the right item in the table based on the information from the interview.Mr. Grant: Hello, Ms. Hale. I’m Mr. Grant, the advertising manager for the company. Do you have a resume or curriculum vitae to give to me?Ms. Hale: Yes, Mr. Grant. Here it is.Mr. Grant: Thank you. Now, let me tell you a little bit about the job. We need someone to design brochures on the computer. Do you have up-to-date computer skills?Ms. Hale: Yes, I do. In my present position I use computer graphics all the time. I have experience with animation as well.Mr. Grant: Oh, that’s very good. We hope to launch a new group of animated ads next spring. Can you work with others in a pleasant manner, Ms. Hale?Ms. Hale: My co-workers seem to think so. I can also work independently by myself.Mr. Grant: That’s necessary, too. What about flexibility in working long hours on a project?Ms. Hale: I have a lot of energy and I’m willing to get the job done. The work I did last year won two awards at a national conference.Mr. Grant: Excellent. That’s very impressi ve. By the way, did I mention that we need someone to start next week? Ms. Hale: No, you didn’t, but it might be possible.Mr. Grant: Good. Thank you for coming today. We’ll be in touch soon.Track4-4-OL-5A.Listen to the passage about an unusual job. Fill in the blank with information from the passage.You’ve never met Melissa Hayes, and you don’t know her name, but you know her voice. Mellissa record information messages for the telephone company. When you hear the number you called has beenchanged…--that’s Mellissa!“Yes, it’s true,” she say. “I’m the voice talent for Nation Telephone.” At least 50000 people hear her voice every day. “I try to sound warm and friendly, even when I’m saying, I’m sorry, that number isincorrect. Please try again.”Melissa works only three days a week, but she has to practice a lot. “My voice has to sound the same at the end of eight hours.” She’s very careful about her voice. “I don’t drink lots of water with honey. I can’t g to horror movies because I always scream, and I might hurt my voice!”How did she get her job? “A friend told me about it. I listened to all the telephone company messages on my phone, and then I recorded a cassette of those messages. After I sent it to the company, I called them every day fo r a month!”She’s done this work for three years now, and she loves it. “It’s fun! And I’m helping people by using my voice.” Plus, people are always surprised when they hear about Melissa’s job. They say, “You’re a real person? I thought it was a compu ter!”Track 4-4-OL-6B.Listen again. Check your answers.Track 4-4-OL-7A.Listen to the interviews about Ken’s and Steven’s jobs. Then check Ken or Steven for each item in thebox below. Interview 1Interviewer: What is your job, Ken?Ken:I’m a V.J. or “video jockey.”Interviewer: How would you describe your job?Ken: I’m on TV. I introduce music videos and talk about them. I also interview singers who appear in videos. Interviewer: What is the best part of your job?Ken: I get to meet a lot of famous pe ople. That’s very exciting. Also, I love music, so it’s a lot of fun. Interviewer: What is the worst part of your job?Ken: I get to meet a lot of famous people. Some of them are not very nice. They think they are better than me. They can be very demanding.Interviewer: What was your most memorable moment?Ken: Last year, I presented an award on TV at a video music award show. I couldn’t believe it. They flew me out to Los Angeles and I stayed in Beverly Hill. I was on the TV show for a whole 45 seconds! I got to meet a lot of stars.Interviewer: I want to be a V.J. How I get the job?Ken: Well, first you have to make a videotape about yourself. You need to talk about certain things on the video. In my case, there was a list of question, like “What did you do last weekend?” and “What’s in your CD player right now?” After you talk about yourself, you send the videotape in to the TV station. They call you if they like the tape.Interview 2Interviewer: What is your job, Steven?Steven: I’m a car courier.Interviewer: How would you describe your job?Steven: Sometimes a person or a company needs a car moved from one place to another. They may not have time to do it themselves. They hire me to drive the car.Interviewer: What is the best part of your job?Steven: I like to drive, so it’s fun for me. Last summer, I drove all the way from New York to California. The weather was great. I had the radio on and enjoyed my trip very much.Interviewer: What is the worst part of your job?Steven: I have to be very punctual. If I say I’ll arrive on Monday at 6:00, I have to be there by Monday at 6:00. I have to be dependable. It’s stressful at times.Interviewer: What was your most memorable moment?Steven: I drove across the desert as the sun was setting. It was incredible!Interviewer: I want to be a car courier. How do I get the job?Steven: That’s a good question. My mother started this business, so she hired me. You’d have to call my mother to find out!Track 4-4-OL-8B.Listen again an d the complete the summaries of Ken’s and Steven’s job below. Use the words in thebox.Unit 5Track 4-5-OL-1B. Now listen to a quiz show and check your answers in A.Host:Welcome back to “You Snooze, You Lose!” the best game show on television! This is our final round. Let me remind you of the rules. We will show an object for a couple of seconds. It’s your jobto guess what it is. Michael? Linda? Are you ready to play?M & L:Yes!Host:Ok, then, let’s play “You Snooze, You Lose!” Show us item numbe r one.Host:Yes, Michael?Michael:I know what they are. They’re called “cams” and they’re used in mountain climbing.Host:That’s right for one point! They’re used to hold climbing ropes. All right then, here’s our second object. Yes, Linda?Linda:Is it some kind of tool?Host:Can you be more specific?Linda:I don’t know… a tool used to fix some kind of machine?。
大学英语视听说4听力原文及答案-Unit1
大学英语视听说4听力原文及答案-Unit1大学英语视听说4听力原文及答案-Unit1 Uint1II. Basic Listening Practice1. ScriptM: I’m beside myself with joy. I’m so lucky. Guess what? I’ve won a lit of money in the lottery. W: Yeah? Well, you do know that money is the root of all evil, right? Q: What does the woman mean?2. ScriptW: Mary was furious. Her son wrecked up her car. M: He shouldn’t have driven a car without a driver’s license. He‘s still taking driving lesson. Q: What do we know about Mary’s son?3. ScriptM: Susan, I hear you’re going to marry t hat guy. Some people think you’ll regret it.W: Is that so? Only time tell.Q: What does the woman imply?4. ScriptM: Mary, I just want to say how sorry I was to learn of your mother’s passing. I know how close you two were?W: Thank you. It was so s udden. I’M still in a state of shockI don’t know what to do. Q: Which of following is true?5. ScriptW: I get furious at work when my opinions aren’t considered just becau se I’m a woman.M: You should air your view more emphatically and demand that your vice be heard.Q: What is the woman complaining about?Keys: 1.C 2.B 3. D 4.A 5.DIII. Listening InTask 1: Soft answers turn away wrath.Mary: Dam! You’re spilled red wine on me. My new dress is ruined. John: I’ m terrible sorry! What can I do to help? Here’s some water to wash it off. Mary: Stop splashing water on me! Oh, this is so embarrassing! I’m a mess.John: Well, you do look a little upset. Please don’t blow up.Don’t lose your cool.Mary: Hmm, you’ve got the nerve talking like that! Who shouldn’tfly off the handle? This dress cost a fortune.John: You look really cute when you’re mad. I kid you not. Some people do look attractive whenthey are in a rage.Mary: This is very expensive dress. I saved for months to buy it, and now it’s ru ined. Look at this stain!John: Accidents do happen. Give me your dress, and I’ll take it to the cleaners. Mary: Sure! You want me to take it off right here inpublic and give it to you? I don’t even knowyou!John: This might be a really goof time to g et acquainted. I’m John Owen.Mary: Mmm, at least you’re polite. I guess I really shouldn’t have flared up. After all, it was anaccident. I’m Mary Harvey.John: Come on. I’ll take you ho me. You can change your clothes, and I’ll get the dress cleaned fo r you.Mary: Now you’re talking. Thanks. You’re a real gentleman.John: You’d better believe it. I’m glad to see that you’ve cooled down. Feel look a bite to eat afterward? I’m starving.Ma ry: Ok. You’re pretty good. I’m not nearly as mad. If you cange t this stain out, I’ll be veryhappy.John: I’ll try my best. But if I can’t get the stain out, please don’t let your happiness turn to wrath.1. Which of the following would be the best title for the dialog?2. Why does the woman get angry?3. What does the man say to please the woman when she looks angry?4. Why does the woman say the man is a real gentleman?5. What is theman’s final proposal?Keys: 1D 2.A 3.C 4.B 5.CTask 2: Big John is coming!ScriptA bar owner in the Old West has just hired a timid bartender. This (S1) owner of the establishmentis giving his new hire some instructions on (S2) running the place. He tells the timid man, “If youever hear that Big John is coming to town, (S3) drop everything and run for the hills! He’s theb iggest, nastiest (S4) outlaw who’s ever lived!”A few weeks pass (S5) uneventfully. But one afternoon, a local cowhand comes running throughtown (S6) yelling, “Big John is coming! Run for your (S7) l ives!”When the bartender leaves the bar to start running, he is knocked to the ground by severaltownspeople rushing out of town. (S8) As he’s picking himself up, he sees a large man, almost seven feet tall. He’s muscular, and is growing as he approaches the bar. He steps up to the door, orders the poor ba rkeep inside, and demands, “I want a beer NOW!”He strikes his heavy fist on the bar, splitting it in half. (S9) The bartender nervously hands the bigman a beer, hands shaking. He takes the beer, bites the top of the bottle off, and downs the beer inone gulp.As the terrified bartender hides behind the bar, the big man gets up to leave, “Do you wantanother beer?” the bartender asks in a trembling voice.“Dang it, I don’t have time!” the big man yells, (S10) “I got to get out of town! Don’t you hearBig John is coming?”Task3: A View of HappinessScriptDr. Smith has proposed a reasonable, if perhaps somewhat oversimplifies, view of happiness. According to his theory, happiness might be described as a state if balance. And when human or certain animals achieve that balance, they rend to remain in that condition in order to repeat the happy feeling.To illustrate this, we may study two magnets. When their positive and negative poles meet, they are comfortably joined, and they remain there. In other words, they have attained a balance or state of happiness. If on the other hand, one of the poles is reversed, and positive pole is presses against positivepole, there is resistance, instability, imbalance a state of unhappiness. Animals with some degree of intelligence seem to find happiness in reinforcement. Once they have gained one or more of their goals such as food, and water, they learn to repeat the actions that led to satisfaction of those goals. This repetition or reinforcement produces a state of balance or sense of happiness.According to this theory, only animals with a significant capacityto learn should be able to experience happiness. But in truth learning can take place through surprisingly simple short-term action such asscratching an itch, followed by pleasure, followed by more scratching,and so on. Thus learning can occur with almost no conscious thought.For human beings, blessed with the ability to reason, goals are not limited to the short-term satisfaction of needs. Indeed, there is astrong link between happiness and the fulfillment of long-term goals. Even if human strive for goals that are more complex and longer-termthan the animals’ goals, once those goals are gained, happiness is reinforced.1. Why does the speaker menti on “magnets”?2. According to the passage, what may animals do after they have got food?3. Which of the following is true according to the speaker?4. What does the speaker say is special about the goals of human beings?5. Which of the following best captures the main idea of the passage?Keys: 1D 2.C3. B 4.D 5.AIV. Speaking OutMODEL 1 Don’t let it get to you!Susan: You look so angry. What happened?Chris: Nothing I’d rather not talk about it. Just don’t ask.Susan: Come on. Relax. Talk to me.Chris: All right. This morning I took my car to the garage to checkthe air conditioner. They only gave it a quick look, refilled it with some Freon, and charged me 300bucks!Susan: No wonder you’re livid. I’d be mad to o if someone ripped me off like that.Chris: Yeah. And they were rude. They said I didn’t know anything about cars, which I don’t, butthey didn’t have to be blunt!Susan: Sounds like you got a raw deal!Chris: What’s worse, as I was leaving, I herd then s aying, “Don’t trust that guy. He looks broke.”When I heard that, I almost hit the roof.Susan: Don’t let it get to you. Better ignore them. Chris: I agree.I did manage to keep my cool. Susan: Well, the best thing you can do is to file a complaint with the Consumer Protection Agency.Chris: sounds like a good idea.MODEL2 I’m too depressed.ScriptSusan: Chris, I hear you’ve been down in the dumps, soI’ve come to cheer you up. Chris: It’s not gong o work. I’m too depressed Susan: Come, on. Tell me what’s on your mind.Chris: Everything. My girlfriend left me; my dog ran away; my wallet was stolen.Susan: Don’t worry. I’ll help you solve the biggest problem: finding you a new girlfriend.Chris: Forget it. Anyway, I’m getting bad grades, and I was told that I’d have to repeat a lot of courses next year. When I heard that, I almost lost it. Susan: Look, relax. I’ll help you with those courses.Chris: Yeah, but I also have three week’s laundry to do., and my room is a pigsty. Susan: Forget it. You’re on your ow n.Chris: Come, on. What are friends for?Susan: To keep you in high spirits; not to do your laundry.MODEL3 You seem to be on top of the world. ScriptNora: Oh, hey, John!John: Hey!Nora: You seem to be on top of the world tonight. What’s up?John: I’m so happy I’m about to burst. Guess what?Nora: You’ve got me.John: It might be true that misfortunes never come singly, but you can also have a “doubleblessing”. And that’s what I had.Nora: You mean you’ve had two happy events in your life? John: Exactly. You know, I was strong in all subjects except physics. NowI’ve finally passed thetest--the one I needed to qualify for a Bachelor’s degree.Nora: Congratulations! You’d failed it three times. Nowyou’re beaming. What’s theother good news?John: The multinational I was dong my field project at offered me a job at a good staring salary.Nora: Wow, wonderful, simple wonderful.John: I feel like celebrating. Shall we go to a bar?Nora: Why not?Now Your TurnTask 1SAMPLE DIALOGA: You look furious. What happened?B: Nothing. I’d rather not talk about it. Just don’t ask.A: Come on. You shouldn’t keep your feeling to yourself. You need to let off some stream. So, talk tome.B: All right. This morning I went to a shop to buy a digital camera, I only need an ordinary one. Itis enough for my tours in the summer vacation. Buy they persuaded me to buy a professional camera, which cost three times as much.A: But you were willing to buy for it. Anyway, it must work better. B: You see, I know next to nothing about photography. So they simply tricked me into buying anexpensive one.A: No wonder you’re livid with rage. I’d be mad too if I were robbed like that. What are you going to do?B: I already went back to them and asked to exchange it for a cheaper one. A: What did they say?B: Oh, they were rude. They insisted that they hadn’t encouraged me to buy a professional camera, and that I boughtA: Sounds like you got a raw deal!B: What’s worse, as I was leaving, I heard they say, “T hat guy looks broke. He shouldn’t havebought any camera.”A: Don’t let it get to you. Better ignore their rude remarks.B: I agree. I did manage to keep my cool.A: Well, the best thing you can do is to file a complaint with the Consumer Protection Agency. Ifthey talk to the shop, maybe they will give you a refund.B: Sounds too good to be true.V. Let’s TalkScriptHello, everyone. Today I invite you to join me in an exploration off the causes of depression. There ate many factors involved, but I believe some deserve special attention. Heredity certainly plays a role. .The tendency to develop depression may be inherited; there is evidence that this disorder may run in families.Physiology is another factor related to depression. There may be changes or imbalances in chemicals which transmit information in the brain called neurotransmitters. Many modern antidepressant drugs attempt to increase levels of certain neurotransmitters so as to increase brain communication. While the causal relationship is unclear; it is knownthat antidepressant medications do reliever certain symptoms of depression.Researchers also study psychological factors. They include the complex development of one’spersonality and how one has learned to cope with externalenvironmental factors, such as stress. It is freeqently observed that low self-esteem and self-defeating thinking are connected with depression. While it is not clear which is the cause and which is the effect, it is known that sufferers who are able to make corrections to their thinking patterns can show improved mood and self-esteem.Another factor causing depression is one’s early experiences. Events such as the death of a parent,the divorce of the parents, neglect, chronic illness, and severe physical abuse can also increase the likelihood of depression later in life.Some present experiences may also lead to depression. Job loss, financial difficulties, long periods of unemployment, the loss of a spouse or other family member, or other painful events may trigger depression. Long-term stress at home, work, or school can also be involved.It is worth nothing that those living with someone suffering from \depression experience increased anxiety which adds to the possibility of their also becoming depressed.Depression-causing Factors Problem Description SolutionHeredity It is inherited and run in families.Physiology changes or imbalances in chemicals called neurotransmitters, which transmit information in the brain Antidepressant drugs relieve certain symptoms of depression. Psychological Factors Low self-esteem and self-defeating thinking are connected with depression. Sufferers who make correction to their thinking patterns can show improved mood and self-esteem.Early Experiences Event like the death of a parent, the divorce of parents, neglect, chronic illness, and severe physical abuse canincrease the likelihood of depression.Present Experiences Job loss, financial difficulties, long periods of unemployment, the loss of a spouse or other family member, or long-term stress may trigger depression.Living with somebody with depression This causes increased anxiety, which adds to the possibility of their also becoming depressed.VI. Further Listening and SpeakingTask1: Reason and EmotionScriptEmotion is sometimes regarded as the opposite of reason; s is suggested by phrase such as”appeal to emotions rather than reason” and “don’t let your emotions take over”. Emotionalreactions sometimes produce consequences or thoughts which people may later regret or disagree with; but during an emotional state, theycould not control their actions. Thus, it is generally believed that one of the most distinctive facts about human beings is a contradiction between emotion and reason.However, recent empirical studies do not suggest there is a clear distinction between reason and emotion. Indeed, anger or fear can often be thought of as an instinctive response to observed fact. The human mind possesses many possible reactions to the external world. Those reactions can lie on a continuum, with some of them involving the extreme of pure intellectual logic, which is often called “cold”, and others involving the extremes of pure emotion not related to logical agreement, which is called “the heat of passion”. The relation logic and emotion merits careful study. Passion, emotion, orfeeling can reinforce an argument, event one based primarily on reason. This is especially true in religion or ideology, which frequently demands anall-or-nothing rejection or acceptance. In such areas of thought, human beings have to adopt a comprehensive view partly backed by empirical argument and partly by feeling and passion. Moreover, several researchers have suggested that typically there is no “pure” decision or thought; that is, no thought is based“purely”” on intellectual logic or “purely” on emotion—most decisions are founded on amixture of both.1. What results does the speaker may some from emotional reactions?2. What is the popular belief about reason and emotion?3. What does the speaker mean by “cold “?4. According to the passage, what should people do in religious matters?5. What is the speaker’s conclusion?Keys: 1.A 2.B 3.C 4.C 5.DTask 2: DepressionScriptPat: You look depressed. Are you feeling blue? I’ve come to cheer you up.Ted: But there’s nothing that can cheer me up. I’m down in the dumps. Life’s miserablePat: You have to try to get your mind off things.Ted: But I can’t. I just feel there’s too much pressure on me sometimes!Pat: You can’t let things get you down. Learn to relax andstop worryin g all the time. What’s yourproblem?Ted: I failed my last exam, and another exam is coming, I get bored. Pat: If I were you, I’d start working hard. If you work hard for a long time, you’re bound t o getbetter grades. You see, “no pain, no gain”.Ted: It’s easier said than done! If I read for fifteen minutes, I get bored. Pat: You have to learn some self-discipline.But how can I stay cheerful all the time?Ted: Worse than that! If I read for half an hour, I get a headache. Then I start to worry aboutpassing the next exam.Pat: It’s all in your mind. If you stay cheerful like me,everything will soon be OK. Ted: But how can I stay cheerful all the time?Pat: Try to look on the bright side of things.Ted: But what if there isn’t a bright side?Pat: You know the saying: Every cloud has a silver lining. It means there’re always tow sides toeverything—both the dark and the bright sides. So, try to identify your strengths and bring theninto full play.Ted: Oh, no! Your corny old sayings are making me even more depressed.Keys: TFFTFTask3: AngerScriptAnger is an emotion that can be hard to control. Despite this, we should learn how to manage anger in a constructive manner. In the most intense moments of anger, we usually have twochoices: to fight or to run. Some choose the option of violence, which is a negative reaction to anger; and others choose to run. Some may think running means you are a coward. But the option of walking away and claiming down is the moreproductive method of handling anger. It is difficult to walk away, especially when your heart is racing, and your anger is boiling over. There are constructive ways of handling anger in any situation. First, you have to stop for a brief moment and think before you act. Take that moment and calm down id you feel yourself being pushed.At that moment you should admit you are angry. If you refuse toadmit you’re angry or hurt, or ifyou make it appear that everything is peaches and cream, you are not managing angry in a productive way. You should first admit you are angry and let your feelings out before you blow up. Foe example, you can stay in a quiet place by yourself and shout; or you can talk to a closefriend to vent your rage. If you do not acknowledge your anger, it only builds up inside you and will eventually explode like a volcano Then, in order to manage your angry, you can ask yourself an important question that we all must ask ourselves, “What made me angry?” When you get the answer, and then ask yourself, “Why did that made me angry?” Thro ugh such logical reasoning, one tends to calm down and move toward a sensible solution.News ReportU.S. Roller CoasterScriptThe world’s first 4D roller coaster, “X”, took on its firstpassengers last week at the Six FlagsMagic Mountain theme park, just outside Los Angeles.After climbing on board and properly securing their safety harnesses, “X” riders are first to aheight of over 66meters. At the top, the passenger train is released and builds up enough speed to race and plummet around the track at speeds of over 130km an hour.The rider takes the daring passengers down an incredible 66m diveand over the top of a 62m loop, in cars that spin independently of the roller coaster train. This unique design allows riders to spin360degree, both forwards and backwards, through the entire ride.Passengers hurtle through this ride often moving in many different directions at the same time ad the cars somersault back and forth andthe roller coaster twists, loops, and dives. The complicated series of maneuvers includes two raven turn, one front flip, one twisting front flip, and two back flips.Since passengers aren’t always facing the right direction to see what’s coming up next, theelement of surprise is high. For “X” riders, this adds to the thrill of the ride.The track of this newest roller coaster runs a total length of a little over1, 100meters. The passenger trains measure 6meters wide and21meters long, large enough to carry 28 passengers at a time. At full capacity, the trains can take 1,600passengers for the ride of theirlives each hour. The entire ride lasts for only a total about2minutes,but you can tell from the exhilarated faces of passengers returning to the boarding dock that they were two of the most thrilling minutes ofheir lives.Uint2II. Basic Listening Practice1. ScriptW: Did you hear? Helen got modeling jib! She’s going to be sashaying down the catwalk.M: Wow, that’s great! All that walking prac tice really paid off.And foe once she won’t becomplaining about being so tall.Q: Why did Helen get modeling job?2. ScriptM: Julia, come and see the Miss America contest on TV. All those beautiful girls are walking around in bathing suits, so the judges can decide who has the best figure.W: Bah! That’s the worst kind of exploitation. They are treating women like toys for people toenjoy. I would never take part in this kind of contest.Q: What do the man and the woman think about the beautify contest? 3. ScriptW: What shall I do? I’m fat. I want to be slim and beauty, but I’m fat. I’ve tri ed all the new ideas,high carb and low carb, but nothing works.M: Those diets are just fads, popular for a while and then forgotten. Just follow the usual diet withfruits, vegetables, fish, water, and get plenty of exercise.Before long you’ll see resul ts.Q: What has the woman tried?4. ScriptW1: I think Lily is really attractive. She’s half Spanish and hasthis really sultry look about her. W2: That explains why she tans so well. I’ve always been jealous of her skin color in the summer. Q: Which of following is true of Lily?5. ScriptM: Trust me, it was tight there on the Internet: “Plastic Surgery Increasing at a Faster Rate Among Men”. Apparentl y more and more menare trying to improve their appearance. W: I saw it too on the news. Face-lifts, nose jobs, and box to hide wrinkle are now very popular with men. Men say it’s for business reasons, but we know it’s vanity.Q: What does the woman think the real reason is that men haveplastic surgery?Keys: 1.B 2.A 3. C 4D 5BIII. Listening InTask 1: A Friendly StylistStylist: Morning, sir. This chair, please. What can I do for you? Nick: A simple haircut: short on the back and sides.。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4听力原文Word版
Unit 1OutsideviewConversation 1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London?A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone elseLi:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Conversation 2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, butsometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工) at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time Off Li:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?A:You...Outsideview :How to get a jobGraduation.What a big day!Your life is about to begin!And then your parents say..."Get a job".I tell you!Looking for your first job out of college can be pretty hard.Reading all the job listing is so annoying.Even trying to figure out what the actual job is can be difficult.Searching through the want ads can be so boring.And writing your resume is really hard work."I don't have that day open."Getting a job interview,and then going on it —the whole process is pretty tough."Sorry to keep you waiting.Uh,have a seat.""I have your resume here,and you are interested in the assistant's position.""Yeah,yeah""Well,the right candidate for this job has to be very outgoing and sociable.After all it is a sale position.""Well, I'm a real extrovert(性格外向的人).Definitely.""And the right candidate has to have great self-confidence.Customers need to feel that you know what you're talking about.""Well, I'm really self-confident.Um I know what I'm talking about and I think I can project that""So,what skills would you bring to this job?"""Well, I realize that I'm completely overqualified for this position.I mean,um,in my last job,I was running the whole place.""Oh,so you've supervised people?""Yep,five of them.So,obviously I could do this job,no problem.I also have really good computer skills.Um what else do you want to know about me?""Eh..."Even though I was trying really hard,even though I had sent out about 300 resumes,even though I asked all my friend and relatives if they knew of anything.I wasn't getting anywhere!Despite all my best efforts,I was still unemployed."Please,why don't you see a career counsellor(顾问)?I'll pay for it.Anything to help you get a job!""Samantha,I'm Phyllis Stein.Welcome""Oh,hi,Phyllis.Nice to meet you." So I figure,heck,why not?I met with Phyllis Stein,a professional job coach. "Interviewing is vital to getting the job that you want."She showed me how to prepare for an interview by doing research on the position and the company.And latter,she coaching me on my interviewing skills."I am going to pretend to be your interviewer,and then we'll stop it and replay it and look at the video and see what we could learn from that.OK?""I don't think that you should go into an interview having not practised with some of the questions that are pretty standard.""Tell me about yourself.""Well,my parents—my mom is a social worker,and my dad is an engineer." "Your preparation is really important.""What do you know about our organization?""Well,I saw on,um,on the Internet that ,you do business publishing?Right?" "There is a whole range of things that have to do with how you present yourself/""Why should I hire you?""Oh,well.,um, I'm a really outgoing person,and I like,I like people a lot.I'm responsible and nice.""You need to think about what the interviewer is actually looking for.""Samantha, what was a major problem that you've encountered and how did you solve it?""I haven't really had any problems to deal with. ""Thank you.Now let's look at your mock interview on videotape. ""I think it boils down(归结为) to preparation,presentation, and understanding what the interviewer is looking for "(Watching the videotape)"Another way of answering it is not telling about yourself ,but telling your relationship to the job."So,they don't care so much about your parents and that you want to live in Cambridge.They may need you to be able to be a troubleshooter.You use some examples in your life from being a troubleshooter.""One of the things that someone who is an assistant in a trade show is doing,is dealing with problems.You need to be sure that you stay,sort of ,on target with preventing,presenting yourself in the strongest possible way."This time I felt a lot more confident when I went in for the interview."I have developed strong communication skills.In college I worked on the school paper and I brought some writing samples to show you.""I also worked every summer at a bed-and-breakfast.""I worked a lot with our guests.I booked reservation overthe phone,got them what they needed,and handled any complains.""Well,I feel like I did really well.We'll see. "Making a good first impression is the most important part of a job interview.Arriving on time and being confident are the most important parts of a job interview.It's very important that you are being confident and you're being clear in your answers and listening carefullyNot fidgeting(坐立不安,烦躁) and being confident are the most important things in a job interview.Writing a thank-you note is the most important thing you want to do after a job interview/And go in there with a firm handshake.Listening in"It's not enough to ask what successful people are like...It is only by asking where they are from that we can unravel the logic behind who succeed and who doesn't" This is the basic idea of an intriguing book called Outliers, by the American journalist Malclom Gladwell.The book explores the factors which contribute to people who are extremely successful in their careers, for example, the role the family , culture and friend play.Gladwell examines the causes of why the majority of Canada ice hokey players are born in the first few months of the calender year,what the founder of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his extraordinary success,and why the Beatles managed to redefine the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Canada recruits from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger,stronger and better athletes than others born later in the year.And because they have this advantage at the start of their sports career,they're given extra coaching,and so there's a greater chance that they'll be picked for an elite hockey team in the future.He calls this phenomenon accumulative advantage(积累优势),a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer.Success depends on the process by which talented athletes are identified as much as it does on their own abilities. Another aspect which contributes to success is the 10000 hour rule.Great success demands an enormous amount of time for practise and training.For example,the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200times over four years,much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell claim is necessary for great success.So by the time they returned to England,they had developed their talente and sounded completely different from any other group.In the same way,Bill Gates had thousands of hours' worth of programming because he had access to a computer at his high school.He also became a teenager just at the right time to take advantage of the latest developments in computer technology. Outliers has met with extraordinary sucess,matched only by Gladwell's own career for 25 years in journalism.As a result, many citics have seen it as an autobiography, in which the writer appears to be apologizing for his own personal achievements.But the ides that you have to be born at the right moment,in the rightplace and in the right family,and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provoking way of revisiting our traditional view of genius and great achievement.It's certainly worth reading,as long as you don't take it too seriously.Listening in 2P:Hi,we are talking about typical working hours in the US and in Brazil.Eric...um...you're from the States,tell me what are the typical working hours in the States?E:Er...traditionally people go to work at 9o'clock in the morning and they finish at about 5,so sort of a 9to 5.P:And,and Penny I...I know you're English but you work in Brazil,what are the hours in Brazil?Penny:Um varies slightly,sometimes you can start um on an early shift,say,8o'clock in the morning to 5 um or 9 until 6.But in Brazil often people will work longer hours than this.P:Right,right ok.And what kind of clothes do you wear?I mean do you dress up formally or in a relaxed way?E:It used to be that you would wear a jacket and tie to work for...for men but er nowadays an open shirt is ok.You don't necessarily have to wear a tie and sometimes on a Friday you can wear a pair of jeans to work.P:Oh,right the dress down Friday?E:The dress down Friday that's right.P:Does that still happen?E:Yes, yes sure it does.P:And how about in Brazil?Penny:Um, it's fairly casual,quite informal,um I mean you need to look neat and tidy obviously,but you,you have your own choice rely on what you would wear,there are no rules and regulations.It's important to look smart but comfortable.P:Right,yeah do you have meal breaks or is that...you just fit in meals when you can or...?E:Lunch,lunch is usually an hour sometimes a little shorter if you have to do a lot of work from your desk.P:Yeah,how about Brazil?Penny:That's the same, about an hour.P:And,and with overtime,I mean,if you...I mean you're obviously contracted to do a certain number of hours.What happens if you do more than the hours that you...that's in you...that are in your contract?E:I have to make a fairly um strict record of my hours so if I go beyond 5 o'clock on most days I put in for overtime.P:Right.E:And it's...the first hour is one of overtime and then there's I think 15minute periods after that.So I could workan hour and a quarter.P:And you'd be paid for the quarter hours?E:That's right,by the quarter hour.P:How about in Brazil?Penny:It's,it's a lot looser in Brazil actually.We we often end up doing overtime but unfortunately not paid.P: Fine.That's hard luck.And what about holidays,what about in the States?You don't have much holidays in the States do you?E:No.When you start at a company you get two weeks holiday or two weeks vacation as we say...P:YeahE:Um then it's usually not until you've been at the company for about five ears that they give you another week.So you get three weeks after you've been there for five years.P:And what about in Brazil?Penny:Um it's quite good actually-30days.P:Sounds very generous.Penny:Yeah I can pop back to...P:Is that 30 working days or 30 days in total?Penny:That's 30 working daysP:Wow,that'sPenny:Yes,yeah it's a good deal.P:What about retirement?I know it's a long way of there!When do you retire?E:Generally speaking it's at 65.P:And the same for women.E:Um it's I think a little sooner than that for women.Women I think 62or 63.P;Right ,good.And in Brazil is it similar?Penny:Similar to the States.It's um after 60 for women.65 for men,or if you've clocked up about 30 or 35 years of service then you can retire after that.P:Right and when...do you have a pay day?When is pay day?E:Um,well ,we gt paid twice a month,so we get paid at the beginning of the month and then we get paid in the middle of the month at the 15th give or take(大约). P:Yeah,and what about in Brazil?Penny:I think it all depends which company you're working for.For the one I am working for right now I get paid twice a month but when I began,with a different company that was once a month,so,it varies.P:And are there any company benefits that you have in the States?Do you have a company car or a pension?E:Yeah,we get a company car.We're able to...we lease a car in effect but it's a company car that we get for 18 months to two years and then we...we can move on to another model from that.There's a fairly good pension scheme,that's still working,and hospitalization as well.P:Oh,that's importantE:Yeah,a health plan through work is very important.P:Right.And what about in Brazil?Penny:Yeah,excellent benefits like that.Well I mean it does depend on the company and the status of your or your job but you might get a car,living accommodation,school for the children,they'll pay for your lunch,travel passes,gasoline,health insurance,all sorts of benefits actually it's very good. P:Sounds very good,with the holiday and all those benefits it sounds a great place to work.Unit 2Outside viewConversation 1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy: OK, sure.Janet: Fine by me. What's on the agenda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume everyone has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books?Andy: Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out next month, so…Joe: I'm sorry, I really think that's quite unacceptable. It's your job! What about you, Janet?Janet: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! AndI didn't know I was meant to read all the books.Andy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assistants. You're meant to assist me.Andy: It's true that we need to read the books, Joe, but we haven't…Joe: OK, there you go. You are always making excuses!Andy: And what's more, we haven't even chosen the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Janet: I suppose we're looking for books with a London angle(伦敦视角)? Andy: Not necessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Janet: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography(自传) of Charles Dickens which I'm reading.Andy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Janet: You see I'm studying Dickens at university, and I noticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really interesting.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.Andy: Sounds right up your street(拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK, that's it everyone. Let's get to it!Conversation 2Janet: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why.Janet: He wasn't being at all fair. How often does he get like this?Andy: Well, I suppose it's not very often. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves (使某人心烦意乱).Janet: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed. Andy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Anyway, you're the expert on Dickens, tell me something about him.Janet: Well, Charles Dickens was one of the most popular novelists in 19th century Britain. Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes.Each one had a cliffhanger at the end that made people want to read the next episode(集,一集).Andy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old.Andy: And he set most of his stories in London, didn't he?Janet: That's right. He knew the city very well.Andy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set?Janet: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court inspired some of most famous characters in his novels.Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Janet: That's right, especially around Docklands. The thing was…Dickens was a social commentator(社会评论员) as much as he was a novelist-his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experienced in the 19th century. It makes me want to read some Dickens again.Maybe I'll just go shopping for a copy of Great Expectations.Andy: Anyway, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brainwave(突然想到的妙计,灵感) to suggest the new biography.Janet: Cheer up Andy. It wasn't your fault.Andy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopping! Outside viewBritish people read a lot. They read books, newspapers and magazines. And of course they read text messages on their mobile phones. Sixty-five percent of British people list "reading for pleasure" as a major hobby. A quarter of the population reads more than 20 books each year. So where do these books come from? Well, there are bookshops where you can buy books. And there are lots of public libraries where you can borrow books for free. In this library you can borrow books, but you canalso buy a cup of coffee, look at an art exhibition, sit in a quiet study area or connect to the Internet.You can also now borrow CDs, videos or DVDs of films and television programmes. Some libraries even let you borrow computer games. There are often reference rooms where you can go to look something up or go to study. Many libraries have also got special rooms with books and photograghs about the historu of the area. Libraries are very important in schools and universities both for study and for reading for pleasure. The British Library is one of the world's greatest libraries. The queen opened its new building in 1998. It receives a copy of every book published in Britain, and adds three million new items every year. It's got books of course, but also sound recordings, music, maps, newspapers, and magazines. People predicted that radio, then television, then the Internet will kill reading, but it still a very popular activity.Listening in 1M:So how long has your book group been running?C:Well, let me see, it's over 20years now. I think it's actually one of the oldest books groups around, because it was only about 20years ago that they started to become fashionable in the UK.M:And how often do you have meetings?C:We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to(前奏,预备期) Christmas when we all start to get busy with other things.M:And how many members do you have?C:We're ten in all, although it's rare that everyone can attend.M:And what happens during the meeting?C:Well, we usually meet at one of our homes, and we start fairly late, around 8:30, and the host prepares dinner, and sometime during the meal, someone asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's when the discussion starts.M:It sounds quite informal.C:It is, yes, and sometimes if we haven't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more important than the discussion. But it's fairly rare that no one likes the book, and it gets quire interesting when opinions about it are divided.M And what sort of books do you read?C:Oh, all kinds, actually, not just novels, although I must admit that being a member of the club makes me read more modern fiction than I might do otherwise. But we also read the classics, you know the novels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have changed. We re-read Thomas Hardy recently, and whereas I used to love it when I was a student, this time I thought it was exasperatingly(惹人恼火地) dull. And we read non-fiction. quite a lot of history and travel writing.A couple of the members like poetry, which I don't, but you know, we're tolerant each other's choice, and it gives us a chance to try things we wouldn't usually read.M:And how do you choose the books?C:Well, at the end of the evening the person who hosts the dinner-basically, the cook- has the right to choose the next book.M:And that works OK?C:Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choosing something that will earn everyone else's respect. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too often!Listening in 2Well, thank you for your kind welcome, and for giving me the opportunity to give this brief tour of Literary England. I can't claim it's an authoritative tour, as I'm, not a professional literary specialist. However, I have two amateur passions: one is travel and the other is reading and English literature in particular. And this lecture is a description of different visits I have made to places in Britain and Ireland, chosen specifically for their close links with well-known writers of what we call the classics of English literature.Just to give you an overview of the lecture, I'm going to start in my home town of London, which is also the home of many well-known writers. But I think that the picture we have in our mind of London has been largely fashioned by the work of Charles Dickens and Shakespeare. Dickensian London is illustrated most clearly by his book Oliver Twist, and Shakespeare's London brings to mind the plays written and performed here, such as Romeo and Juliet. We'll also have a look at the memorial of freat British writers, Poets' Corner in Westminster Abbey.Then off we go to Oxford, another city rich in its literary history. I'm, going to focus on the greatest of Oxford's literary alumni, JRR Tolkien, the professor of English who wrote Lord of the Rings, which is now famous throughout the world because of the recent series of films.Then we turn south towards the gentle countryside of Hampshire, home of Jane Austen, where her various novels, including Price and Prejudice are set. She also spent a period of her life in the magnificent Georgian city of Bath.Then we turn north to the hills of west Yorkshire where we find Bronte country, so called because it was the home of the three sisters, Charlotte, Emily and Anne Bronte. Perhaps the two best known novels are Charlotte Bronte's Jane Eyer, and Emily Bronte's Wuthering Heights, also made into successful films.Then up to the north-west, to the stunning land of mountains and lakes which is the Lake District, home of the Lakeland poets. Perhaps its most famous son is William Wordsworth, whose poem "I wandered lonely as a cloud" has been learnt by generations of school children not just in Britain, but around the English-speaking world.So that's the basic route round Literary England, although I'll be thinking several detours to visit other famous writers whose work contributes to the glory which is English literature. Let's start…Unit3Inside view:Conversation 1Tanya: Hey! That looks good on you! You should try it on.Janet: No thanks, I’m just looking.Tanya: Go on, try it on. I can tell it suits you.Janet:You seem to want me to buy something. And I’m not sure I want to buy anything at all.Tanya: Well, yes .I’m pretty sure you want to buy something.Janet: How do you know?Tanya: Well, it’s my job to know what women want to wear.Janet: How do you know what I want to wear?Tanya: I can just tell. Most women don’t hold things up like that unless they know they want to buy it, but either they haven’t got the money or they are nervous about impulse buying.Janet: So what type of Tanya am I then?Tanya: No money.Janet: Yeah! You are right, but how do you know?Tanya:If you were nervous about impulse(心血来潮的,一时冲动的)buying, you’ll feel good that you’ve made a careful decision.Janet: That’s pretty smart. What is your job then?Tanya: I’m a buyer for a store in New York City. I’m here for London Fashion Week. Hey, do you want to go? I have some free tickets for the catwalk show this afternoon. Janet:Well, I’m not sure. I’m waiting for a friend for a friend, actually ,and…Joe: Hi, Janet!Janet: Joe! What are you doing here?Joe: Why the surprise?Janet: It’s just…I didn’t expect to see you. That’s all. Er, this is …Tanya: Hello, I’m Tanya Feinstein. Is this the friend you were waiting for…Janet: NO. Yes!Tanya: So would you both like to come this afternoon?Janet: Tanya has invited us to the catwalk show this afternoon.Tanya:Look at this. Oh, it’s perfect. I’ll try it on. I’ll leave you two to make up your minds.Conversation2Joe: Who is she? Is she a friend of yours?Janet: No, she just came up to me and started talking about fashion. She’s a buyer for some New York fashion store.Joe: But why she invited us to a catwalk show?Janet: She’s giving out free tickets. Part of her job I think.Joe: So do you want to go?Janet: I suppose so. Have not got any money for shopping, so why not?Tanya: OK, you guys made up your mind?。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4_听力原文及翻译
Unit 1OutsideviewConversation 1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford" Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London?A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone else Li:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.李:什么是美好的景色!这是这样一个伟大的城市!你有没有厌倦过伦敦的生活,安迪?当一个人厌倦了伦敦,他就厌倦了生活,因为在伦敦,所有的生活都能承受李:那是约翰逊塞缪尔的语录,不是吗?答:对,你在牛津结束的时候有什么计划吗?李:我还有一年要走,我想我会回家。
全新版大学英语4听说教程听力原文
The Hospital WindowJack and Ben, both seriously ill, occupied the same hospital room. Jack, whose bed was next to the room's only window, was allowed to sit up in his bed for an hour each afternoon to help drain the fluid from his lung s. But Ben had to spend all day and night lying flat o n his bed. To kill time the two men began to talk. They talked for hours about their wives, families, their homes, their jobs, their involvement in the military service, and where they had been on vacation. As days went by, a deep friendship began to develop between them.Every afternoon when Jack could sit up, he would pass the time by describing to Ben all the things he could see outside the window. And Ben began to live for those one-hour periods where his world would be broadened and enlivened by all the activity and color of the world outside.The window overlooked a park with a lovely lake.Ducks and swans played on the water while children sailed t heir model boats. Young lovers walked arm in arm amid flowers of every color of the rainbow. Grand old trees beautified the landscape, and a fine view of the city skyline could be seen in the distance.As Jack described all this in great detail, Ben would close his eyes and imagine the wonderful scenes.One warm afternoon Jack described a parade passing by. Although Ben couldn't hear the band — he could see it in his mind's eye as Jack described it with colorful words.Days and weeks passed. One morning the day nurse arrived to bring water for their baths only to find the lifeless body of Jack, who had died peacefully in his sleep. She was very sad and called the hospital attendant s to take the body away.Ben was heartbroken. Life without Jack was even more unbearable. How he longed to hear Jack's voice and his fine descriptions of the outside world! As he looked at the window, an idea suddenly occurred to him. Perhaps he could see for himself what it was like outside. As soon as it seemed appropriate, Ben asked if he could be moved next to the window. The nurse was happy to make the switch, and after making sure he was comfortable, she left him alone.Slowly, painfully, he propped (支撑) himself up on one elbow to take his first look at the world outside. Finally, he would have the joy of seeing it for himself! He strained(尽全力)to slowly turn to look out the window beside the bed. It faced a blank wall!"What could have compelled my roommate to describe such wonderful things outside this window?" Ben asked the nurse when she returned."Perhaps he just wanted to encourage you to live on," she said."You know, he was blind and could not even see the wall".How Our Memory WorksHuman beings have amazing memories. Apart from all our personal memories about our own lives, we can recall between 20,000 and 100,000 words in our own language as well as possibly thousands more in a foreign language. We have all sorts of information about different subjects such as history, science, and geography, and we have complex skills such as driving a car or playing a musical instrument. All these things and countless others depend on our memory.How well you remember things depends on many different factors. Firstly, some people naturally have better memories than others, in just the same way as some people are taller than others, or have different color eyes. Some top chess players, for example, can remember every move of every game that they have ever seen or played.Secondly, research shows that different things are stored in different parts of the brain. Ideas, words, and numbers are stored in the left-hand side, while the right-hand side remembers images, sounds, and smells. In most people one side of the brain is more developed than the other, and this may explain why some people can rememberpeople's faces easily, but can't remember their names.Thirdly, we all remember exciting, frightening, or dramatic events more easily. This is because these experiences produce chemicals such as adrenaline, which boost (改善)your memory.Fourthly, the context(环境)in which you learn something can affect how well you remember it. Tests on divers, for example, showed that when they learned things underwater, they could also remember those things best when they were underwater.Lastly, the more often you recall a memory the more likely you are to remember it. If you don't use it, you'll lose it. A telephone number that you dial frequently will stay in your memory easily, but you will probably have to write down one that you use only now and again.Last Gasp for SmokersIt was a normal day and in their New York office, Ken and his colleagues stopped for their coffee break. But while his colleagues were able to sit at their desks and drink their coffee, Ken had to go outside. He couldn't stay inside, because he wanted to smoke. If the smokers of the Big Apple want to enjoy a cigarette,the authorities have decided they must go out into the street or up onto the rooftops.Throughout the United States, the number of places where people are allowed to smoke has gradually dwindled(缩小,减少). First it was banned on trains, buses, and planes, then in public places such as theaters and airports. Now you can't smoke in any workplace. Nonsmokers are definitely winning the battle. "Why should we breathe their smoke?" they say.If they're lucky, smokers can still find some bars and restaurants or parks and recreation(娱乐,消遣)centers where they can light up a cigarette, but it may soon be banned there, too. In fact, smoking in parks and recreation centers is already banned in California. On August 9, 2001, Los Angeles City and County officials announced the implementation(实施,执行)of a smoke-free park policy, officially designating (指定)smoke-free zones in all 375 parks and recreation centers in the city. And since January 1, 2002 all parks in California have become smoke-free to safeguard children from the harmful effects of secondhand tobacco smoke and dangerous tobacco waste. Anti-smoking groups even think that smoking ought to be banned in people's homes. Under new plans you won't be able to smoke in any house where there are more than ten visitors in a week, or where there are children.In 1996, nicotine was classed as a dru g, like cannabis, cocaine or heroin. And scientists all over the world agree that exposure(暴露)tosecondhand smoke poses(造成,提出问题)a s erious health risk and there is no safe level of exposure. It is especially dangerous for children because when they are exposed to tobacco smoke, they have much higher rates of lung diseases such as bronchitis and pneumonia and are also at greater risks of developing asthma.In the country that gave tobacco to the world, smoking might one day be illegal. And then Ken will have to give up.Chairman:Welcome to this special birthday edition of One World. Tonight we have a special program dedicated to birthday celebrations around the world. With us in the studio we have Shaheen Hag and Pat Cane, who have a weekly column on birthdays in the Toronto Daily Star. Shaheen: Good evening.Pat: Good evening.Chairman:Shaheen, perhaps we could begin with you. How are birthdays celebrated in India?Shaheen: Well, perhaps we're all assuming that everyone in the world celebrates their birthdays. This just isn't the case. Low-income families in India, for instance, simply can't afford any festivities. And most Muslims don't celebrate their birthdays.Pat: I think Shaheen has raised an interesting point here. The Christianchurch, too, was actively against celebrating birthdays.Shaheen: Of course some Muslims do celebrate their birthdays. In Egypt, Turkey and Indonesia, for example, the rich people invite friends and families around. But not in small villages.Chairman: Here in England your twenty-first used to be the big one. But now it seems to have moved to eighteen. Is that true?Pat: Yes, in most parts of the West eighteen is now the most important birthday. In Finland, for example, eighteen is the age when you can vote, you know, or buy wines, drive a car and so on. But in Japan I think you have to wait till you're twenty before you can smoke or drink. Shaheen: I know in Senegal, which is another Muslim country, girls get to vote at sixteen and boys at eighteen. And in Bangladesh, girls at eighteen and boys at twenty-one.Chairman: That's interesting. I mean is it typical that around the world girls are considered to be more mature than boys?Shaheen: Yes, I think so, and in Mexico and Argentina, for example, they have enormous parties for 15-year-old girls.Pat: You know in Norway they have a great party for anyone who's not married by the time they're thirty. It's kind of embarrassing. I mean you get pepper thrown at you.Chairman: Pepper? Why pepper?Pat: I'm not really sure.Shaheen: So does that mean that on your 29th birthday you can start thinking "God I better get married"?Pat: Well, I'm not sure how seriously they take it.Chairman: In England we have quite big parties for your fortieth, fiftieth, sixtieth and so on.Pat: Well, in Japan your eighty-eighth is considered ...Chairman: Eighty-eighth?Pat: to be the luckiest birthday. Eight is a very lucky number in Japan.Embarrassing ExperiencesInterviewer: Rob, you went to Brazil, didn't you?Rob: Yes, I did.Interviewer: So, what happened?Rob: Well, I went into this meeting and there were about, er ... seven or eight people in there and I just said "Hello" to everybody and sat down. Apparently, what I should have done is to go round the room shaking hands with everyone individually. Well, you know, it's silly of me because I found out later it upset everyone. I think they felt I was taking them for granted.Kate: Well, I know that because when I was in France the first time, Ifinished a meeting with "Goodbye, everyone!" to all the people in the room. Well, I later found out that the polite thing to do is shake hands with everyone in the group before leaving.Interviewer: Well, people shake hands in different ways, don't they? Rob: Oh, yes, they do. See, normally I shake hands quite gently when I meet someone. So when I went to the US for the first time, I think people there thought my weak handshake was a sign of weakness. Apparently, people there tend to shake hands quite firmly.Kate: Oh, gosh, that reminds me of my first trip to Germany many years ago, I was introduced to the boss in the company when he passed us in the corridor. Well, I wasn't prepared, and I had my left hand in my pocket. And when we shook hands I realized my left hand was still in my pocket. Well, that was, you know, very bad manners and I was quite embarrassed.Interviewer:And how about using first names? Have you made any mistakes there?Rob: Oh, yes, I have! When I first went to Italy I thought it was OK to use everyone's first name so as to seem friendly. And I later discovered that in business you shouldn't use someone's first name unless you are invited to. Oh, and you should always use thei r title as well.Kate:Hm, yeah, well, when I met people in Russia, you know, they seemed to be puzzled when I shook hands with them and said "How doyou do?" Well, what they do when they greet a stranger is to say their own names, so I had that all wrong!Rob: Oh, yes, I agree with that. Remembering names is very important. Interviewer: Shall we take a break? When we come back we'll move on to our next topic.Kate & Rob: OK.College Hunks (健美的男子)of JunkIt's the universal cry of parents, generally heard by the second day of college summer breaks: "Get a job!" Omar Soliman's mother joined the chorus. "You have to do something," she told him.Soliman's friends had obtained prestigious(享有声望的)internships(实习职位)in his hometown of Washington, D.C. But he couldn't imagine himself sitting at a desk all day. After years of delivering furniture for his mother's store, he remembered that a lot of people had stuff they wanted to get rid of. If he borrowed his mom's van (厢式货车), he could make a little money hauling their trash (垃圾)away for them.That night, Soliman came up with a name for his new business: College Hunks Hauling Junk. He distributed flyers(小广告传单)the nextday, and within hours, his phone was ringing. He asked his friend Nick Friedman to help out. They made $220 in three hours cleaning out a woman's garage.Soliman and Nick pocketed(将放入衣袋)$10,000 that summer. But the two weren't ready to become full-time trashmen after graduation. "We were trained to finish college and get a good job," says Soliman. He graduated with a business degree from the University of Miami and first went into marketing at a research firm. Friedman, who had an economics degree from Pomona College in California, became an economic analyst for a consulting compan y. Months later, they quit their jobs and started their junk business full time.At first they had trouble finding a bank willing to lend them money as they didn't have much of a credit rating. After five turndowns, one bank decided to gamble $50,000 on their idea. They put together another $60,000 from their parents and their own savings. They bought a truck, hired a graphic artist(平面造型设计师)t o design a logo, ran newspaper and radio ads and recruited(招聘)haulers on campuses. Wearing bright orange hats and green polos and khakis these college "hunks" will haul away everything from construction materials to old couches(床). To cut down the cost of unloading at landfills, they have learned to recycle metals and electronics and donate to charities over 60 percent of what they collect. They also give away a portion(部分)oftheir earnings from each job to local college scholarship programs.And now, just four years later, they run a nationwide company that pulled in(获得利益报酬)$3 million in 2008. They employ 130 people and have 16 franchises(加盟连锁店)in 10 states and D.C. and plan to expand to 80 franchises by 2012.The Embarrassment of RichesThe meaning of wealth today is usually defined as the amount of money and material goods that one has accumulated and the ability to purchase more goods at an ever-increasing rate. A wealthy person possesses so much money that it would be difficult for him to spend it all in his lifetime without being wasteful and extravagant.Speaking from a strictly practical point of view, the trouble with wealth is not that it arouses envy in the hearts of others but that it weighs very heavily upon the resources of its owner. Those who have never tasted luxury imagine that a new Porsche, a Picasso in the drawing room, an apartment in the Trump Tower, will bring them ease and happiness. If that were true, owners of the Porsches, Picassos, and Trumps of the world would all be happy souls. One glance at history tells you they are not.The problem is not simply that owning goods feeds upon itself, generating desires to possess more and to outdo(超过) other owners in a competitive madness. It's that goods themselves are an endless responsibility. They must be not only paid for but also stored, insured, and publicly admired. All of those cost not just money but personal freedom. As James Boswell, the famous British biographer, once wrote in his diary, "If a man with a fortune cannot make himself easier and freer than those who are not, he gains nothing. Nothing except glittering baggage that must be attended to."In some Oriental countries poverty has never been such a disgrace(耻辱)as it is in the "get-rich-quick" zone. Wise men from these lands often remark on the tyranny(暴政,专制)of goods. According to an old Persian proverb, "The larger a man's roof, the more snow it collects." And in his discussion of "Houses", a Lebanese poet and philosopher compares the lust(欲望)for comfort to a "stealthy((偷偷摸摸的)thing that enters the house a guest, and then becomes a host, and then a master."The same sentiment(意见,观点)is also expressed here in America by the great philosopher Ralph Emerson, who scorns(轻蔑)the acquisitiveness(对金钱的渴望和贪婪)of his day with the famous line "Things are in the saddle(马鞍), and ride mankind."Life Goes OnThe city of Ypres in Belgium has been invaded19 times, most famously in World War I. Some time ago I went with two friends to visit the battlefields and cemeteries(墓地)there, and particularly to see the tomb of my uncle who was killed in the war at the age of 20.Michael, our silver-haired(发白如银的)guide, took us first to a British cemetery, just outside the town. There are lines of gravestones (墓碑), neatly planted with herbs(香草)and flowers, and surrounded by low walls blooming(开花)with wisteria(紫藤). Michael pointed out my uncle's grave (墓穴)to me.I walked hesitantly toward it, wondering what I would feel. And suddenly there it was, and there were hundreds of others. Nothing could have prepared me for the realization that in this area alone about 250,000 British and Commonwealth soldiers were killed. There are 75 British cemeteries, but we visited just a few.Next, Michael took us to a place on the other side of the city. The names of 55,000 missing soldiers are engraved(雕刻)on its walls. We stared in awe(敬畏的). "More than half a million horses and mules(骡子)were lost, and fifteen tons of unexploded ammunition(军火)are still collected each year from the fields," Michael told us.Then we came to the largest British cemetery in the world. Someheadstones(墓碑)have words of love or gratitude: "He died that we might live," "Gone from our sight but not from our hearts.""I'd like you to visit a German cemetery before finishing," Michael said. The cemetery is in wooded(树木繁茂的)land. But there are no headstones, only slabs(平板)in the grass. There are no flowers, either. The whole place is dark and dank.(潮湿的)With some relief we returned to the car. After some time, we drew up(集合)at a gate. Here, hidden from the road, lies the Pool of Peace. "It was created by an explosion so loud it was heard in Downing Street," said Michael. We looked at the still water reflecting the trees surrounding it. There is hardly (几乎没)a sound.By the time we returned to Ypres, it was evening. The city was preparing for the annual Festival of the Cats, which dates from(追溯)medieval (中世纪的)times. Soon there would be dancing in the square.A Terrible DiseaseThe phone rang and it was my husband Jack asking me to take some lunch to his office. As I drove off, I noticed a new shopping center. Strange I hadn't noticed it before. Near his office I also saw a fire station (消防站)I didn't r ecognize."When did they build that new shopping center?" I asked Jack."And I'm glad to see that new fire station. It'll give a good landmark.""Diana, they've been there for ages," Jack scolded.Bewildered, I became angry and, starting up the engine, began to pull away(离开). Then I braked. Where was the exit? Suddenly, nothing was familiar. I realized I had no idea how to get home. I had to stop again and again to ask for directions. Eventually, I got home. A 30-minute drive had taken me four hours.Two months later, at the office where I worked as a legal researcher, a smart young man approached me."Hi, Diana. Good to see you," he said, smiling.I hesitated, then smiled with resignation(屈从,顺从)."Please forgive me, it's one of those days. I simply can't bring your name to mind.""Diana, I'm your cousin Richard," he said very slowly.After that, I was constantly making mistakes and kept forgetting my way around the building. In the end, I made the painful decision to resign from work.Desperate to discover what was wrong with me, I made an appointment with a neurologist.After various tests he told me I had Alzheimer's disease. I felt numb. I'd hoped to find I was worrying about nothing, but now my worst fears were confirmed. And I was only 53!When I told Jack and my three grown-up children about mydisease, their reaction was quiet but supportive. "Stop worrying," Jack said. "We'll take good care of you."Now at 57, on good days I'm filled with hope and determination, but on bad days I have the worst sense of being alone. I've started a support group for other sufferers,for I know it's essential to have contact with people who are walking through the same maze(迷宫). Jack's coping well. While he still dreams of waking up to find all this has been a horrible nightmare, he's assured me that I can depend on him. When we married he didn't know "for better or worse" included Alzheimer's. But neither did I.Home-Schooling on a World CruiseI've never believed that the only way to get an education is to sit at a desk with four walls around you. The world is our classroom and our home, a 41-foot sailing boat, takes us there. My husband and I dreamed of sailing around the world before our daughters were even born. Their arrivals only increased our desire to live the cruising lifestyle, a way of life that has given us the opportunity for lots of quality and quantity family time. Educating our two daughters while living afloat on our sailing boat has added a wonderful new dimension to our lives.We started out years ago with a kindergarten correspondence (一致)course f or our daughter Kate. As she found it very easy we devised our own curriculum for her.Choosing courses of study for Kate was great fun. We looked at where we would be sailing to during the school year, or where we would be stopping to work, and all sorts of topics of interest presented themselves. For example, while cruising(乘船巡游)down the East Coast to Florida, we chose space exploration for a unit of study. Our studies included both fictional and non-fictional reading, experiments and writing assignments. The finale(结尾)was watching a shuttle(航天飞机)launch and visiting the Kennedy Space Center museums.We do miss out on(错过好机会)a few things that most school children are able to take advantage of. Our sailing boat is small. School is held on a small dining table and it's difficult to leave artwork, science experiments or projects on the table for later use. We also have limited room for school books and so those we have must be chosen carefully. Perhaps the thing we miss the most is not always having access to a library.But the advantages of our floating school far outweigh(比。
视听说4听力原文
视听说4听力原文新交互视听说Book 4听力原文Unit 1 The Straight StoryVideo1Talia: It's all so incredible, Mom. I’m working on a story about one of the national soccer players, Nick Crawford…. No, that's the thing. He knows that one of his teammates has framed him. And I believe he's innocent.[ Knock on door ]Talia: Look, Mom, I have to go. I’II call you tomorrow, OK? Bye. Yes, yes, me, too. Bye.Nick: Hi.I came as soon as I could.What’s up?Talia: I’ve been thinking about this all day…. Now tell me, again:When and how did you meet this Jackie Baker woman?Nick: I’ve already told you.She came up to me at the juice bar.We set up a meeting.Talia: Right.At her office.Except you never went up to her office.Nick: Right, so she meets me in the lobby, we shake hands, and she takes me to lunch.Talia: Yes, to a little place around the corner, as I recaII.Nick: Right. And then she asks me to endorse a new pair of shoes.Talia: Yeah. You told me they’re called Kicks.Nick: Right. And she explains that I, II have to wear the shoes when I play. And the company will use my name in the ads.Talia: OK. Can you think of anything else?Nick: Well, we did talk about an idea for a Kicks commercial.Talia: A commercial? What commercial?Nick: I told you about that, didn’t l? They wante d me to be in a commercial.Video2Talia: Hang on a second. You never said anything about a commercial. I wanna hear mo re about this. Don’t leave out any details. This could be important.Nick: OK. So, over lunch she describes the deal…Jackie: So, you’ll wear our shoes when you play. And we’ll use your name in ads. Do that and fifty thousand dollars is yours.Nick: Sounds good. And this will be sometime next year?Jackie: Uh, yeah, that’s right. We can work out the details later for this, but we’ll probably want you to appear in a commercial.Nick: Cool!Jackie: In fact. I'm working on an idea for a commercial right now. Do you wanna hear about it?Nick: Sure.Jackie: OK. Picture this. You’re sitting in a park. On a bench. It’s a beautiful spring day.Nick: So far, So good.Jackie: OK. A young kid comes up to you and says, “Hey! Aren’t you Nick Crawford, the soccer star?”Nick: Uh—huh.Jackie: And you say, “That’s me. ”Or something like that.Nick: Right.Jackie: And then the kid says, “Wow! Cool shoes! What are they?” And you say, “Kicks. What else?”Nick: That’s it?Jackie: That’s it.Nick: So, all I have to do is sit on the bench…and talk to a kid?Jackie: That’s all you have to do.Talia: That’s what I thought! This Jackie person recorded your conversati on over lunch. Then she edited the tape, So it sounds like you’re accepting a bribe.Nick: Oh. wow!Unit 2 A Hot LeadVideo1Talia: Tony, I need to see you. I have to bring you up to date on the Nick Crawford story.Tony: Come in. What’s going on?Talia: I just spoke to Nick. He was tricked. The tape was edited. He didn’t take a bribe. It just sounds that way.Tony: Well, what does you r audio expert say?Talia: I forgot to tell you. It‘s definitely Nick's voice. And he said the tape was definitely edited.Tony: But I don’t get it. Who’s behind this?Talia: One of Nick’s teammates, Dean Bishop. He resents being in Nick’s shadow. He wants to be the only star on the team.Tony: Of course! The bottom line is… being the star is worth a lot of money in endorsements.Talia: Still. I can’t imagine…Tony: OK. So, now, what’s you r plan?Talia: I have an idea. I need some help from Amy.Tony: Fine. You can have another day on this and we won’t run the story yet. But one more thing, Talia, I hope you’re not emotional ly involved in this story.Talia: Me? Emotionally involved?Tony: I know you wanna clear Nick’s name. But if you wanna have a career injournalism, you have to remember to stay objective.Video2Patty: Hi there. What can I get for you?Amy: How about a large iced tea?Patty: Coming right up.Amy: …and a little information?Patty: What kind of information?Amy: I’m trying to get hold of someone named Jackie Bishop. I was told that she’s a member of this club.Patty: Hmm. She used to be, but not any more. She stopped coming here a while ago. Maybe a year ago, even.Amy: Oh. Too bad.Patty: Her brother Dean, the soccer player, works out here, though. I remember seeing him yesterday, around lunchtime. Maybe you could speak to him.Amy: Actually, I'd rather avoid seeing him. It's a little complicated between him and me. if you know what I mean.Patty: Oh, I see. Well, here’s an idea. I think Jackie’s taking acting classes over at the university. Maybe you could catch up with her there.Amy: She’s taking acting cl asses at the university?Patty: Mmm — hmm.Amy: Ah…Yes…That’s a great idea. Thanks for the tip.Patty: Oh, likewise! Thanks!Unit 3 Jackie, the ActressVideo1Amy: Talia, are you almost here?Talia: I'm about ten minutes away. Can you see her?Amy: Yes. She’s sitting on a sofa. Hurry up. Classes start in about 20 minutes. Talia: Well, just go over to her and start a conversation You’ve done you r homework, haven’t you?Amy: My homework?Talia: I mean, have you found out what courses she’s taking, and eve rything? Amy: Oh, yeah. I can do a little acting myself, if that’s what you mean.Talia: So go act like a drama student, and go and talk to her. I’II be right there. Amy: Excuse me. You’re in the drama program, right?Jackie: Yes! Oh, hi.Amy: Do you know if Professor Roberts is teaching this semester?Jackie: Yes, he is. He’s fabulous. I’m in his improvisation class. In fact. it's tonight.Amy: Oh, great.Jackie: I’ve been taking classes he re for about a year and I think he’s been my best teacher.Amy: I know what you mean. He’s very…inspiring.Jackie: Yes, absolutely. I’ve become a much better actor since I started taking his classes…Amy: Yes, I'm sure you have.Video2Amy: Oh, I’m Amy Lee, by the way.Jackie: Hi. Jackie Bishop. Well, that’s my rea l name. My stage name is ]ackie Baker.Amy: So, do you have an agent?Jackie: As a matter of fact, I spoke to an agent last week. I just sent him a tape. and he thought it was incredible.Amy: I’m not surprised. You do seem…incredible.Jackie: And my brot her knows this film director. He’s going to introduce me to him.Amy: Oh, that’s great! Oh, wait, is you r brother that soccer player…?Jackie: Dean Bishop! That’s right. He’s my older brother. We just adore each other! He’s a soccer star, and I'm going to be a movie star! Tonight he’s taking me out for a celebration.Amy: Tonight? Really? What are you celeb rating?Jackie: Oh, just…this thing. Nothing really. Anyway he’s taking me to this restaurant near here. Valentino’s. Have you ever eaten the re?Amy: Um, no…I can’t aft…Jackie: I ate there once, and I saw Madonna.Amy: Wow!Jackie: Yes, can you believe it? It was so exciting!Amy: I guess you have to go to the right places.Jackie: Absolutely! I even booked the perfect table for people-watching.Amy: I’m impressed. You really plan ahead. Y ou’re amazing.Unit 4 A ConfrontationVideo1Talia: Amy! Great to see you again.Amy: You too. Uh, Jackie, this is Talia. Talia, this is Jackie.Jackie: Charmed. Charmed.Talia: Nice to meet you, too.Amy: Talia is a researcher at Newsline.Jackie: How exciting.Talia: Gee, you look so familiar.Jackie: Really? We might have seen each other around campus.Talia: I guess so. Or we may have been in a class together. I’m taking journalism classes.Jackie: No, it couldn’t have been a class. I’m taking acting classes, like Amy. Talia: Oh, well. I’ll probably think of it later.Jackie: Speaking of classes, I’d better run. I don’t want to be late for Professor Roberts.Talia: Hold it. I think I remember where I’ve seen you.Jackie: Really?Talia: Yes. The Gower Building.Video2Talia: Don’t you work for a shoe company? Kicks Shoes?Jackie: I’m sorry, but you can’t be serious.Talia: Oh, I can be quite serious.Jackie: Listen. I’ve got to go. It must be time for my class. Se e you, Amy.Amy: Yes. Bye, Jackie. It was great talking to you.Talia: So what did you find out?Amy: Listen to this. Jackie and Dean are going to Valentino’s after her class tonight to celebrate. She’s booked a special table.Talia: This is perfect. Great work. You should be proud of yourself.Amy: Thanks, but it was nothing. Piece of cake, in fact.Talia: OK, then. You call Valentino’s and make a reservation for two.Amy: Oh, wow. Are we going to Valentino’s?Talia: Oops…no. I was planning on calling Nic k.Amy: I see.Talia: Thanks for being understanding.Amy: After I call Valentino’s, is there anything else you want me to do?Talia: Yes. I’m going to need your help. We have a lot to do in the next two hours.Unit 5 Talia’s Brilliant PlanVideo1Talia: Oh, thank goodness you got my message!.Nick: Yeah. What’s going on?Talia: Don’t worry. I’m not trying to get you to take me out on a date. I’m trying to help you save your career.Nick: Oh, that. Yeah, right, I almost forgot.Talia: Be serious. I care about… I care about your future.Nick: So do I !Talia: Good, you wore a tie..Nick: Yeah, your message said, wear a tie and a jacket. You look nice, by the way. Talia: Thanks. So do you.Nick: What’s that?Talia: Here. You have to put these on.Nick: I’m sorry. Did I miss something here? Is it… is it Halloween? Are you really going to make me put these on?Talia: Yes. And that’s how you’re going to hear their conversation. There’s an earphone in the wig.Nick: Whose conversation?Talia: Jackie and Dean’s.They’re having dinner here. Let’s go inside.Video2Talia: So, as I was saying, I have a feeling Dean and Jackie are going to talk about you as soon as they get here.Nick: Really?Talia: Yup. And ass we have to do is record their conversation. We just need to plant this at their table.Nick: Brilliant! But wait… how will you know which table is theirs?Talia: You forget --- I’m a researcher… I asked the maitre d’. That’s their table over there. I’ll be right back.Nick: OK. I’ll watch for Jackie and Dea n while you plant the mike.Talia: Good. Just cough or something to warn me if you see them.Nick: OK. Hurry up.[Nick coughs]Talia: Whew! That was close. Here. Look at the menu. We should order.Nick: Right, though I’m not really hungry.Talia: Neither am I.Dean: One more.Nick: Don’t look now, but here comes Jackie.Unit 6 Dean’s Double CrossVideo1Jackie: You are not going to believe what happened.Dean: I’ve been leaving messages for you all afternoon! Why haven’t you called me back?Jackie: Sorry. I left my cell phone at home.Dean: All right, listen, we need to talk…Jackie: Dean, don’t interrupt! This is serious. I was sitting in the Student Lounge at school when a woman came up to me and started a conversation. So…Dean: Wait. I have to tell you something IMPORTANT. We may have a slight problem here…Jackie: Dean! I told you not to interrupt!Dean: OK. I give up. What?Jackie: So this woman---Amy---and I were talking when a friend of hers showed up. Then, when Amy introduced us, her friend said I looked familiar.Dean: So?Jackie: So, then she asked me if I worked for Kicks Shoes!Dean: There is no Kicks Shoes.Jackie: I know that and you know that, but she doesn’t know…Dean: Hw does she know about…Jackie: I’m scared, Dean. She works for Newslin e.Dean: Newsline?Jackie: Yes! What if she knows about what we did to Nick Crawford?Dean: Shh! Keep your voice down. What I’ve been trying to tell you is that Nick knows everything! He knows that I’m the one who’s behind all this. And he even knows about you.Jackie: He knows about me? Oh, no! Look, this whole thing was your idea! Dean: Shh. I told you to keep it down. People are starting to look at us!Video2Jackie: OK. I’ll calm down. But, Dean, I’m worried. I could get into real trouble. Dean: You? Wh y, I’m the one who sent the phony tape to Newsline.Jackie: Yes, but I was the one who posed as the Kicks executive.Dean: Big deal.Jackie: What do you mean, big deal? I did a superb job. I helped you get Nick suspended!Dean: Yeah. Yean. You’re a great a ctress. I know.Jackie: Speaking of which, when are you going to introduce me to Byron Walters? Dean: Byron Walters?Jackie: Yes, that film director friend of yours? Remember? The director who’s going to make me a star!Dean: Oh, him…Jackie: You said to be patient, but this is getting ridiculous.Dean: Un, I forgot to tell you. There is no Byron Walters. He quit the business. Jackie: But he was going to give me my big break, the break that’s going to make me a star.Dean: Sorry, Jackie.Jackie: No, you’re not. I don’t think you’re sorry at all---now. but you will be! You tricked me, just like you tricked Nick Crawford. I don’t have to stand for this.Unit 7 Another ConfessionVideo1Nick: I can’t believe it! They admitted everything.Talia: And we got it all on tape.Nick: How did you know they were going to talk about me ?Talia: I saw Jack’s face when I mentioned Kicks shoes. I knew she would tell Dean about it as soon as she could.Nick: This is fantastic. I am so relieved. I was beginning to think it was all over for me.Talia: Are you ready to go? If we leave now, we’ll still be able to catch Tony.Nick: Look, Talia. The news has been on. There’s nothing we can do to change it…Talia: I guess you’re right.Nick: Why don’t you finish dinner?Talia: … But if we leave now, Tony will still be in the office.Nick: Look, Talia. This whole thing is about to be clear up. Why don’t we just take a little time now to enjoy ourselves?Talia: Of course. You’re right. Sorry, Nick. And besides, this is Valentino’s. And I am with a star!Video2Nick: I have a confession to make.Talia: What? You have a confession to make? I thought this whole was over. Nick: No, no. It’s not about that. It’s about… .Talia: Us? Us, as in you and me.Nick: Yes. Do you remember that class we took together in college?Talia: Of course, I remember it. I remember it well.Nick: And do you remember when we were studying together in the library…Talia: You mean when we were studying for that Shakespeare exam?Nick: Well, I… uh… I wanted to ask you out.Talia: You did? Wow!... So why didn’t you?Nick: I’d heard you had a boyfriend.Talia: Oh, no! Well, I had a boyfriend, but we split up during that summer. In fact, we had split up by mid-semester.Nick: You are kidding. I didn’t know. Well, I guess I should’ve…Talia: I’m not seeing anyone now, though, you know.Nick: Well, then…Waiter:Tutto bene? Is everything all right? May I get you uh, un café? Te? Cappuccino?Talia: I’ll have a cappuccino.Nick: Two.Unit 8 A Lesson LearnedVideo1Talia: I’m too late, right? You already aired the story about Nick on the evening news?Tony: No, I decided not to. When I hadn’t heard from you, I decided to wait. Talia: Oh, gosh, what a relief.Tony: As a matter of fact, I was just going to call you.Talia: Well, I am so glad you waited, Tony ... Tah dah!Tony: So that’s the tape?Talia: Yup. This is the tape that will get Nick’s name cleared.Tony: OK. Let’s hear it. I have a tape player here somewhere.Amy: So, tell me. Tell me.Talia: It was perfect. I got it all on tape. Jackie said that she had posed as a Kicks executive ...Amy: No!Talia: Yes! And they both admitted that there was no Kicks!Amy: Get out of here!Talia: And Dean actually said that he had sent the tape to us ...Amy: Unbelievable!Talia: Wait till you hear them. Hearing is believing!Tony: Talia, let me have the tape.Talia: Oh, sure. Here. Oh, this is so exciting.Video2Talia: Here it is, the tape that will get Nick reinstated on the team. Just a minute. I mus t not have rewound it... OK, now listen... What’s going on? Is this tape player working?Tony: It’s been working just fine. In fact, I just had it cleaned last week.Amy: Try another tape and see if that works.Tony: Thanks, Amy. I was just about to try that.Amy: Did you check that the recording light was on?Talia: I was going to check it after I sat down but too much was going on.Tony: Did you press “play” and “record” together?Talia: I don’t know! I thought I did! The tape was moving.Tony: Yo u probably just pressed “play.”Talia: This is a disaster.Tony: Sorry, Talia. I’m afraid you’ve just learned a lesson the hard way.Amy: Poor Talia.Talia: Poor Nick! How am I going to tell him?Unit 9 A Canceled CelebrationVideo1Talia: Who is it?Nick: Nick. Here I am! Ready to celebrate.Talia: Didn’t you get my message?Nick: No! What’s wrong? Are you OK?Talia: Yeah…..No…..Nick, I don’t know how to tell you…Nick: What are you talking about?Talia: The tape. I mean, There is no tape. I never recorded Jackie and Dean’s conversation.Nick: Yes, There it is. I was there.Talia: No, I messed it up. I didn’t press the right buttons.Nick: Oh, no!Talia: I feel awful. If I had been more careful, we would have had the evidence! Nick: Wow! And we were supposed to be celebrating tonight.Talia: How stupid! I can’t believe I didn’t press the right buttons! I just wish I had been more careful.Nick: And I wish you would stop kicking yourself.Talia: Well, I’m supposed to be a professional! And I want to b e a reporter!Video2Talia: I wish I could go back and do it over.Nick: Well, you can’t. Take it from me. I'm an athlete. Iknow. You just have to forget what’s have done and go on.Talia: Y ou’re right. What’s done is done. Or in this case, what’s not do ne is done. Nick: Look, Talia, i f you hadn’t done such a good job of covering the story, we never would have known the truth.Talia: How can you stay so positive?Nick: I don’t know. It’s just my nature.Talia: Well, I wish it were mine. I wish I were that optimistic. So, guess I’ll quit my job. Amy can take my place. She’ll be a good researcher.Nick: Talia, take it easy. You’re overreacting. Things really aren’t so bad.Talia: Y es, they are. Nick, they’re terrible. And the most terrible part of all of thi sis I let you down.Nick: Have I ever told you about my grandmother?Talia: No, I don’t think so.Nick: Well, my grandmother is very wise woman. She always told the truth. She always said the truth would win out.Unit 10 Jack’s Big SceneVideo1Talia: So, what are you going to do now?Nick: I don’t know. Until you told me about the tape, I was expecting to rejoin the team tomorrow.Talia: I have an idea. How about this? What if I call your coach? Would he believe me if I told him about Dean and Jackie?Nick: It wouldn't matter if he believed you, Talia. I'm sorry, your word wouldn't be enough.Talia: Who is that?Jackie: Surprise!Talia: You?Jackie: I got your phone number from your friend, Amy. I was thinking about calling, but then I decided to just surprise you with a visit.Talia: Well, yes, this is a surprise.Jackie: It's amazing how easily you can get people’s addresses these days. Oh, hello,Jackie: Nick! Remember me?Nick: I certainly do.Talia: What are you doing here?Jackie: Do you have a video camera?Talia: Yes.Jackie: Do you want a great story? One that will make us all really famous? Talia: What's the catch?Jackie: No catch. Just one small condition. If Nick agrees not to press charges against me, I'll tell the whole truth.Video2Jackie: I am so excited. You're sure I look OK? Do you think I should have worn a different outfit?Talia: You look fine. Really.Jackie: I can't wait to see this when it's broadcast. I'm going to get national exposure!Talia: OK. I'm ready. I'm here with Jackie Bishop, sister of soccer player Dean Bishop. Jackie has decided to come forward. She is now going to tell us how she and her brother schemed to frame Nick Crawford, the soccer star. Jackie? Jackie: You have to understand. Dean and I had been planning this for a long time.I posed as the VP of marketing from this phony shoe company ...Talia: Kicks.Jackie: Right. Kicks Shoes. Cute name, don't you think? Anyway, I knew Nick usually went to the juice bar at the health club, and I met him there.Talia: And then?Jackie: Then, posing as this woman from Kicks, I invited Nick to come to my office to discuss an endorsement.Talia: And did he?Jackie: Well, I didn't really have an office, you know. So I met him in the Gower Building lobby and took him to lunch. I recorded the whole conversation. Dean took over from there. He doctored the tape to make it sound like Nick had accepted a bribe.Talia: Why did you decide to tell the truth now?Jackie: Dean promised to introduce me to some big shot movie director, and I believed him. Well, I just - found out that Dean had been lying the whole time. Talia: I see.Jackie: Unbelievable! My own brother had been using me. If I had known, I would never have gone along with him. I should have known better. I should never have trusted him.Unit 11 Hard EvidenceVideo1Nick: Dean! And Coach! You’re just the two people I wanted to see.Dean: Nick! Sorry, man, tough break. But you know what they say, “Don’t do the crime if you can’t do the time.”Nick: Dean, that’s the smartest thing I’ve ever heard you say.Coach: Nick, are you going to be OK?Nick: You bet! I’ve got something I want to show you both.Jackie: My brother heard that Nick had gotten rid of his agent. So I went and offered fifty thousand dollars to endorse a pair of shoes. I was very convincing, if I must say so myself. Anyway, Nick agreed and I got it all on tape. Of course, The tape had to be edited to make it sound like Nick was accepting a bribe, but Dean took care of that.Dean: That lying…Nick: Dean, I’d keep quiet if I were you. Jackie gave us hard evidence. It turns out my conversation with her was not the only one she recorded.Dean: This is crazy!Coach: I don’t know what to say. I’m so sorry you had to go through all of this. Nick: Thanks, Coach.Coach: Well, I think this is all over now. We’ll be starting practice in an hour—you’ll be there, right?Nick: Oh, sure! But I might be late. There’s someone I have to go talk to.Video2Amy: You must be very happy.Nick: I really am. My name has been cleared. I’m really relieved. This has been a nightmare!Tony: Now that the truth has come out, how about giving Newsline an exclusive interview?Nick: That depends.Tony: Depends on what?Nick: I will talk to Newsline as long as my favorite reporter gets to do the interview.Tony: Oh, you must mean Talia.Amy: Of course he does.Tony: Go ahead. Just remember… Don’t let your emotions get in the way of your job.Nick: Just one more thing. Can we schedule the interview for later? I’ve got to go to soccer practice now.Tony: No problem. Talia will be waiting for you.Unit 12 Just Being HonestVideo1Announcer on TV: Glitter … the perfect toothpaste for the perfect smile.Jackie on TV: Remember, all that glitters is not gold.Nick: Patty, could youturn the volume down a little?Patty: Oh, sure, Nick. It seems like yesterday when you were asking me to turn UP the volume.Nick: Huh?Patty: You remember! The day when you recognized Jackie Bishop on TV.Nick: Oh, yeah, that! In a way it DOES seem like just yesterday. But a lot has happened since then.Patty: Oh, I know. Like, now you can see Jackie Bishop on TV all the time!Nick: Yup, in that ridiculous toothpaste commercial. Well, I guess things have worked out for her.Patty: Seems so. And they’ve worked ou t OK for you, too, right? I mean, you DID score the winning goal in the qualifying match.Nick: Yes, but unfortunately, we DIDN’T make it to the finals.Patty: No, but there’s always next time.Nick: That’s right, there’s always next time …Patty: Oh, you know who else I see on TV a lot now? That reporter who broke the story. What’s her name again? Talia something?Nick: Talia Santos. Yeah, I heard she’s been offered a job at a different news show. Patty: You don’t look very happy about it.Nick: Well, we’ve both been so busy… she’s been working really hard. I haven’t had a chance to see her much lately. And now she’s going to be moving.Patty: It sounds like you need to speak with her.Nick: You’re right, Patty. I’ll see you later.Patty: Bye, Nick. Hey! Let me know how things turn out.Video2Talia: Nick! Hi! I’ve been meaning to call you.Nick: Oh, hi. Well, Amy called me. She told me the news. She said she’s got your job as a researcher.Talia: That’s right. Isn’t it great?Nick: Yeah, yeah ... she told me the news about you. When are you moving? Talia: Not until next week.Nick: Oh. Is there somewhere we can go for a few minutes?Talia: Sure. Here, come in here.Nick: So Amy told me you got an offer from Newsbeat. Where are they? Atlanta? Talia: No, Chicago.Nick: Right, Chicago. Anyway, she said they want you to start right away.Talia: True. But Nick, I …Nick: Wait, Talia. I have to tell you how I feel.Talia: OK. Go ahead. I’m listening.Nick: I know I haven’t been in touch, but it’s only because I didn’t want to get in the way. I know how important your career is to you.Talia: What are you talking about, Nick?Nick: What I’m trying to say is, I want to spend more time with you. I don’t want you to move.Talia: Good. Because THIS is where I’m moving.Nick: Huh?Talia: THIS, this is my new office. I turned Newsbeatdown. Tony said he’d matchtheir offer.Nick: So in other words ... I just made a fool of myself.Talia: No. As usual, you were just being honest. It’s one of the qualities I like most about you.。
全新版大学英语视听阅读4视频听力原文
Unit 1 The Perfect SwarmNarrator: Damage from swarms of locusts can reach disastrous proportions. A single swarm of desert locusts can consume over 70,000 metric tons of vegetation a day. There is, however, one continent that’s locust-free: North America.旁白:蝗虫群的伤害可以达到灾难性的程度。
一个单一的沙漠蝗虫可以消耗超过70000吨的植被一天。
然而,有一个大陆是蝗虫自由:美国北部。
Interestingly enough, this wasn’t always true. For hundreds of years, the Rocky Mountain locust was a common pest in the American West. Back in the mid-1800s, thousands of pioneers journeyed across the U.S. in search of free land and new opportunities. They settled on the frontier of the western states, and began to farm the land intensively, growing corn and other crops.有趣的是,这并不总是真实的。
几百年来,落基山脉的蝗虫是美国西部的一种常见害虫。
早在19世纪中叶,成千上万的先驱者跨越美国在自由的土地和寻找新的机会。
他们定居在西部边境,并开始对土地进行集中耕种,种植玉米和其他农作物。
Then, in 1875, out of nowhere, a rare combination of air currents, drought, and basic biology produced the right conditions for an unthinkable event, the worst storm ever recorded, the “perfect swarm.” It came over the horizon like a strange, dark cloud. Not millions, not billions, but trillions of insects, sweeping through the land like a living tornado. Those who saw the incredible event and survived never forgot what they witnessed.然后,在1875,走出无处,一个罕见的组合,空气电流,干旱,和基本生物学产生了正确的条件为一个不可想象的事件,最坏的风暴有史以来,“完美的群”,它在地平线上像一个奇怪的,黑暗的云。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4听力原文
Unit 1OutsideviewCon versatio n 1Li:What a won derful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of livi ng in London,An dy?A;"Whe n a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotati on by Samuel Joh nson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any pla ns whe n you finish at Oxford?Li: rve got ano ther year to go and the n I suppose ni go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London?A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here. Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opport un ities.A;But have you ever thought of liv ing in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publish in g,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea .I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:D on't make it look too goodLi:Why n ot?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone else Li:Oh, work ing with you and Joe it's great fun and really in terest in g. I could n't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should thi nk about appl ying for a job with usLi:But do you think rd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?l mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:D on't even think about it!Joe is very straight talk ing and I promise you that you'd know if he did n't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Con versatio n 2Li:Talking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like worki ng for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media compa ny called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opport un ities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy work ing with Joe .I mean,l kind of think he has a differe nt age nda (different way of thinking from Andy 不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't thi nk his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,a nd the n found work as a gofer (杂工)at Lift off USA inNew York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experieneed person in the film and TV in dustry.The n he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,a nd the n after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time OffLi:He is good at his job,is n't he?A:Yes,he is con fide nt and compete nt at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly (speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,l rate him too.A nd I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just..」want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.l promise I won't tell anyoneA:Ja net,there was somethi ng I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:l was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?A:You...Outsideview :How to get a jobGraduati on. What a big day!Your life is about to begi n!And the n your pare nts say..."Get a job".l tell you!Looking for your first job out of college can be pretty hard.Reading all the job listing is so annoying.Even trying to figure out what the actual job is can be difficult.Searching through the want ads can be so boring.And writing your resume is really hard work."I don't have that day ope n."Gett ing a job in terview,a nd the n going on it —the whole process is pretty tough."Sorry to keep you wait in g.Uh,have a seat.""l have your resume here,a nd you are in terested in the assista nt's positi on.""Yeah,yeah""Well,the right can didate for this job has to be very outgo ing and sociable.After all it is a sale positi on.""Well, l'm a real extrovert(性格外向的人).Definitely.""A nd the right can didate has to have great self-c on fide nce.Customers n eed to feel that you know what you're talk ing about.""Well, rm really self-c on fide nt.Um l know what rm talk ing about and l thi nk l can project that""So,what skills would you bring to this job?"""Well, l realize that rm completely overqualified for this position.l mean,um,in my last job,l was running the whole place.""Oh,so you've supervised people?""Yep,five of them.So,obviously l could do this job ,no proble m.l also have really good computer skills.Um what else do you want to know about me?""Eh..."Even though l was trying really hard,even though l had sent out about 300 resumes,eve nthough I asked all my friend and relatives if they knew of anything」was n't gett ing anywhere!Despite all my best efforts」was still un employed."Please,why don't you see a career counsellor (顾问)?I'll pay for it.Anything to help you get a job!""Samantha,I'm Phyllis Stein.Welcome""Oh,hi,Phyllis.Nice to meet you."So I figure,heck,why no t?I met with Phyllis Stei n,a professi onal job coach."In terview ing is vital to gett ing the job that you wan t."She showed me how to prepare for an in terview by doing research on the positi on and the compa ny .And latter,she coach ing me on my interviewing skills."I am going to pretend to be your interviewer,and then we'll stop it and replay it and look at the video and see what we could lear n from that.OK?""I don't think that you should go into an in terview hav ing not practised with some of the questio ns that are pretty sta ndard.""Tell me about yourself.""Well,my parents —my mom is a social worker,and my dad is an engineer.""Your preparati on is really importa nt.""What do you know about our orga ni zati on?""Well,I saw on,um,on the Internet that ,you do bus in ess publish in g?Right?""There is a whole range of things that have to do with how you present yourself/""Why should I hire you?""Oh,well.,u m, I'm a really outgo ing pers on,and I like,I like people a lot .I'm respon sible and nice.""You n eed to thi nk about what the in terviewer is actually look ing for.""Sama ntha, what was a major problem that you've encoun tered and how did you solve it?""I have n't really had any problems to deal with.""Tha nk you.Now let's look at your mock in terview on videotape. ""I thi nk it boils dow n (归结为)to preparati on ,prese ntati on, and un dersta nding what the in terviewer is look ingfor "(Watchi ng the videotape)"Another way of answering it is not telling about yourself ,but telling your relati on ship to the job ."So,they don't care so much about your pare nts and that you want to live in Cambridge.They may need you to be able to be a troubleshooter.You use some examples in your life from being a troubleshooter."" One of the thi ngs that some one who is an assista nt in a trade show is doing, is dealing with problems .You need to be sure that you stay,sort of ,on target with preve ntin g,prese nting yourself in the stron gest possible way."This time I felt a lot more con fide nt whe n I went in for the in terview."I have developed strong com muni cati on skills .In college I worked on the school paper and I brought some writing samples to show you.""I also worked every summer at a bed-a nd-breakfast.""l worked a lot with our guests .I booked reservati on over the phon e,got them what they n eeded,a nd han dled any compla in s.""Well,I feel like I did really well.We'll see."Making a good first impressi on is the most importa nt part of a job in terview.Arrivi ng on time and being con fide nt are the most importa nt parts of a job in terview.It's very importa nt that you are being con fide nt and you're being clear in your an swers andliste ning carefullyNot fidget ing (坐立不安,烦躁)and being con fide nt are the most importa nt things in a job in terview.Writ ing a tha nk-you note is the most importa nt thing you want to do after a job in terview/ And go in there with a firm handshake .Liste ning in"It's not eno ugh to ask what successful people are like.. .It is only by ask ing where they are from that we can un ravel the logic beh ind who succeed and who does n't"This is the basic idea of an intriguing book called Outliers, by the American journalist Malclom Gladwell.The book explores the factors which con tribute to people who are extremely successful in their careers, for example, the role the family , culture and friend play.Gladwell exam ines the causes of why the majority of Can ada ice hokey players are born in the first few mon ths of the cale nder year,what the foun der of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his extraord inary success,a nd why the Beatles man aged to redefi ne the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Can ada recruits from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger,str on ger and better athletes tha n others born later in the year.And because they have this advantage at the start of their sports career,they're give n extra coach in g,a nd so there's a greater cha nee that they'll be picked for an elite hockey team in the future.He calls this phe nomenon accumulative adva ntage (积累优势),a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer.Success depe nds on the process by which tale nted athletes are identified as much as it does on their own abilities.Ano ther aspect which con tributes to success is the 10000 hour rule .Great success dema nds an enormous amount of time for practise and training.For example,the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200times over four years,much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell claim is necessary for great success.So by the time they returned to England,they had developed their tale nte and soun ded completely differe nt from any other group.In the same way,Bill Gates had thousa nds of hours' worth of program ming because he had access to a computer at his high school .He also became a teenagerjust at the right time to take adva ntage of the latest developme nts in computer tech no logy.Outliers has met with extraord inary sucess,matched only by Gladwell's own career for 25 years in journ alism.As a result, many citics have see n it as an autobiography, in which the writer appears to be apologiz ing for his own pers onal achieveme nts.But the ides that you have to be born at the right moment,in the right place and in the right family,and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provok ing way of revisit ing our traditi onal view of genius and great achieveme nt.lt's certa inly worth read in g,as long as you don't take it too seriously.Liste ning in 2P:Hi,we are talking about typical working hours in the US and in Brazil.Eric...um...you're from the States,tell me what are the typical work ing hours in the States?E:Er...traditi on ally people go to work at 9o'clock in the morni ng and they fin ish at about 5 ,sosort of a 9to 5.P:An d,a nd Penny I.. .1 know you're En glish but you work in Brazil,what are the hours in Brazil? Penny:Um varies slightly,sometimes you can start um on an early shift,say,8o'clock in the morning to 5 um or 9 until 6 .But in Brazil often people will work longer hours than this. P:Right,right ok.And what kind of clothes do you wear?I mean do you dress up formally or in a relaxed way?E:It used to be that you would wear a jacket and tie to work for...for men but er nowadays an open shirt is ok.You don't necessarily have to wear a tie and sometimes on a Friday you can wear a pair of jeans to work.P:Oh,right the dress down Friday?E:The dress down Friday that's right. P:Does that still happen?E:Yes, yes sure it does. P:And how about in Brazil?Penny:Um, it's fairly casual,quite informal,um I mean you need to look neat and tidy obviously,but you,you have your own choice rely on what you would wear,there are no rules and regulations.It's important to look smart but comfortable.P:Right,yeah do you have meal breaks or is that...you just fit in meals when you can or...?E:Lunch,lunch is usually an hour sometimes a little shorter if you have to do a lot of work from your desk.P:Yeah,how about Brazil?Penny:That's the same, about an hour.P:And,and with overtime,I mean,if you...I mean you're obviously contracted to do a certain number of hours.What happens if you do more than the hours that you...that's in you...that are in your contract? E:I have to make a fairly um strict record of my hours so if I go beyond 5 o'clock on most days I put in for overtime.P:Right.E:And it's...the first hour is one of overtime and then there's I think 15minute periods after that.So I could work an hour and a quarter .P:And you'd be paid for the quarter hours? E:That's right,by the quarter hour.P:How about in Brazil?Penny:It's,it's a lot looser in Brazil actually.We we often end up doing overtime but unfortunately not paid.P: Fine.That's hard luck.And what about holidays,what about in the States?You don't have much holidays in the States do you?E:No.When you start at a company you get two weeks holiday or two weeks vacation as we say...P:YeahE:Um then it's usually not until you've been at the company for about five ears that they give you another week .So you get three weeks after you've been there for five years.P:And what about in Brazil?Penny:Um it's quite good actually- 30days . P:Sounds very generous.Penny:Yeah I can pop back to...P:ls that 30 working days or 30 days in total?Penny:That's 30 work ing daysP:Wow,that'sPenny: Yes,yeah it's a good deal.P:What about retireme nt?l know it's a long way of there!Whe n do you retire?E:Generally speaking it's at 65.P:A nd the same for wome n.E:Um it's I think a little sooner than that for women.Women I think 62or 63 .P;Right ,good.And in Brazil is it similar?Penny:Similar to the States .I t's um after 60 for wome n.65 for men ,or if you've clocked up about30 or 35 years of service the n you can retire after that.P:Right and whe n...do you have a pay day?Whe n is pay day?E:Um,well ,we gt paid twice a month,so we get paid at the beginning of the month and then we get paid in the middle of the month at the 15th give or take(大约).P:Yeah,a nd what about in Brazil?Penn y:l think it all depe nds which compa ny you're work ing for.For the one I am work ing for right now I get paid twice a month but when I began,with a different company that was once a mon th,so,it varies.P:And are there any compa ny ben efits that you have in the States?Do you have a compa ny car or a pension?E:Yeah,we get a compa ny car.We're able to...we lease a car in effect but it's a compa ny car that we get for 18 mon ths to two years and the n we...we can move on to ano ther model from that.There's a fairly good pension scheme,that's still work in g,a nd hospitalizati on as well.P:Oh,that's importa ntE:Yeah,a health plan through work is very important.P:Right.And what about in Brazil?Penny: Yeah,excelle nt ben efits like that.Well I mean it does depe nd on the compa ny and the status of your or your job but you might get a car,livi ng accommodati on, school for the childre n ,they'll pay for your lun ch,travel passes,gasoli ne,health in sura nce ,all sorts of ben efits actually it's very good. P:So unds very good,with the holiday and all those ben efits it sounds a great place to work.Unit 2Outside viewCon versatio n 1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy : OK, sure.Jan et: Fine by me. What's on the age nda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume every one has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books?Andy : Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out n ext mon th, so …Joe: rm sorry, I really think that's quite un acceptable. It's your job! What about you, Jan et?Jan et: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! And I did n't know I was meant to read all the books.An dy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assista nts. You're meant to assist me.An dy: It's true that we n eed to read the books, Joe, but we have n't …Joe: OK, there you go. You are always mak ing excuses!An dy: And what's more, we have n't eve n chose n the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Jan et: I suppose we're look ing for books with a London angle (伦敦视角)?An dy: Not n ecessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Jan et: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography (自传)of Charles Dicke ns which rm readi ng. An dy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Jan et: You see rm study ing Dicke ns at uni versity, and I no ticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really in teresti ng.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.An dy: Sounds right up your street (拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK, that's it every one.Let's get to it!Conversation 2Jan et: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why. Jan et: He was n't being at all fair. How ofte n does he get like this?An dy: Well, I suppose it's not very ofte n. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves (使某人心烦意乱).Jan et: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed.An dy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Any way, you're the expert on Dicke ns, tell me someth ing about him.Jan et: Well, Charles Dicke ns was one of the most popular no velists in 19th cen tury Brita in Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes. Each one had a cliffha nger at the end that made people want to read the next episode (集,一集).An dy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old. An dy: And he set most of his stories in London , did n't he?Jan et: That's right. He knew the city very well. An dy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set? Jan et: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court in spired some of most famous characters in his no vels. Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Jan et: That's right, especially around Dockla nds. The thing was …Dicke ns was a social commentator (社会评论员)as much as he was a novelist -his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experieneed in the 19th century. It makes me want to read some Dicke ns aga in. Maybe r II just go shopp ing for a copy of Great Expectatio ns.An dy: Any way, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brain wave (突然想至U的妙计,灵感)to suggest the new biography.Jan et: Cheer up An dy. It was n't your fault.An dy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopp ing!Outside viewBritish people read a lot. They read books, newspapers and magazines. And of course they read text messages on their mobile phones. Sixty-five percent of British people list "reading for pleasure" as a major hobby. A quarter of the population reads more than 20 books each year. So where do these books come from? Well, there are bookshops where you can buy books. And there are lots of public libraries where you can borrow books for free. In this library you can borrow books, but you can also buy a cup of coffee, look at an art exhibiti on, sit in a quiet study area or connect to the Internet. You can also now borrow CDs, videos or DVDs of films and television programmes. Some libraries even let you borrow computer games. There are often reference rooms where you can go to look someth ing up or go to study. Many libraries have also got special rooms with books and photograghs about the historu of the area. Libraries are very importa nt in schools and universities both for study and for reading for pleasure. The British Library is one of the world's greatest libraries. The queen opened its new building in 1998 . It receives a copy of every book published in Brita in, and adds three milli on new items every year. It's got books of course, but also sound record in gs, music, maps, n ewspapers, and magaz in es. People predicted that radio, then television, then the Internet will kill reading, but it still a very popular activity.Liste ning in 1M : So how long has your book group been running?C: Well, let me see, it's over 20years now . I think it's actually one of the oldest books groups around, because it was only about 20years ago that they started to become fashi on able in the UK.M : And how often do you have meetings?C: We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to (前奏,预备期)Christmas when we all start to get busy with other thin gs.M : And how many members do you have?C:We're ten in all , although it's rare that every one can atte nd.M : And what happens during the meeting?C: Well, we usually meet at one of our homes , and we start fairly late, around 8:30, and the host prepares dinner, and sometime duri ng the meal, some one asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's whe n the discussi on starts.M : It sounds quite in formal.C: It is, yes, and sometimes if we have n't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more importa nt tha n the discussi on. But it's fairly rare that no one likes the book, and it gets quire in terest ing whe n opinions about it are divided.M And what sort of books do you read?C: Oh, all kin ds, actually, not just no vels , although I must admit that being a member of the club makes me read more modern fiction than I might do otherwise. But we also read the classics, you know the no vels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have cha nged. We re-read Thomas Hardy rece ntly, and whereas I used to love it whe n I was a stude nt, this time I thought it was exasperatin gly (惹人恼火地)dull. And we read non-fiction, quite a lot of history and travel writ ing. A couple of themembers like poetry, which I don't, but you know, we're tolerant each other's choice, and it gives usa cha nee to try things we would n't usually read.M : And how do you choose the books?C : Well, at the end of the evening the pers on who hosts the dinn er-basically, the cook- has theright to choose the n ext book.M : And that works OK?C : Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choos ing someth ing that will earn every one else'srespect. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too ofte n!Liste ning in 2Well, thank you for your kind welcome, and for giving me the opportunity to give this brief tour of Literary En gla nd. I can't claim it's an authoritative tour, as I'm, not a professi on al literary specialist. However, I have two amateur passions: one is travel and the other is reading and English literature in particular. And this lecture is a description of different visits I have made to places in Britain and Ireland, chosen specifically for their close links with well-known writers of what we call the classics of En glish literature.Just to give you an overview of the lecture, I'm going to start in my home tow n of London, which is also the home of many well-k nown writers. But I think that the picture we have in our mind of London has bee n largely fashi oned by the work of Charles Dicke ns and Shakespeare. Dicke nsia n London is illustrated most clearly by his book Oliver Twist, and Shakespeare's London brings to mind the plays written and performed here, such as Romeo and Juliet. We'll also have a look at the memorial of freat British writers, Poets' Corner in Westm in ster Abbey.Then off we go to Oxford, another city rich in its literary history. I'm, going to focus on thegreatest of Oxford's literary alumni, JRR Tolkien, the professor of English who wrote Lord of the Rings, which is now famous throughout the world because of the recent series of films.Then we tur n south towards the gen tle coun tryside of Hampshire, home of Jane Auste n , where her various novels, including Price and Prejudice are set. She also spent a period of her life in the magnificent Georgia n city of Bath.Then we turn north to the hills of west Yorkshire where we find Bronte country, so called because it was the home of the three sisters, Charlotte, Emily and Anne Bronte . Perhaps the two best known no vels are Charlotte Bron te's Jane Eyer, and Emily Bron te's Wutheri ng Heights, also made into successful films.Then up to the north-west , to the stunning land of mountains and lakes which is the Lake District, home of the Lakeland poets. Perhaps its most famous son is William Wordsworth, whose poem "I wan dered Ion ely as a cloud" has bee n lear nt by gen erati ons of school childre n not just in Brita in, but around the En glish-speak ing world.So that's the basic route round Literary En gla nd, although ni be thinking several detours to visit other famous writers whose work con tributes to the glory which is En glish literature. Let's start …Unit3Inside view :Con versatio n 1Tan ya:Hey! That looks good on you! You should try it on.Jan et: No tha nks, I justlooki ng.Tan ya: Go on, try it on. I can tell it suits you.Janet: You seem to want me to buy something. And I 'm not sure I want to buy anything at all.Tan ya: Well, yes」'm pretty sure you want to buy someth ing.Jan et: How do you know?Tan ya: Well, it 'nmy job to kn ow what wome n want to wear.Jan et: How do you know what I want to wear?Tan ya: I can just tell. Most wome n don 't hold things up like that uni ess they know they want to buy it, but either they haven 'tgot the money or they are nervous about impulse buying.Jan et: So what type of Tanya am I the n?Tan ya: No mon ey.Jan et: Yeah! You are right, but how do you know?Tan ya: If you were nervous about impulse (心血来潮的,一时冲动的)buy ing, you fee l good that you v e made a careful decision.Janet: That ' pretty smart. What is your job then?Tan ya:I'm buyer for a store in New York City. I h ere for Lon don Fashion Week. Hey, do you want to go? I have some free tickets for the catwalk show this after noon.Janet: Well, I 'notsure. I 'mwaiting for a friend for a friend, actually ,and …Joe:Hi, Ja net!Jan et:Joe! What are you doing here?。
全新版大学英语听说教程第四册听力原文TEST1和2的
全新版大学英语听说教程第四册听力原文TEST1PartAConversation 1:W: Have you got a job, Phil?M: Yeah, I do yard work for the people in the neighborhood, cutting grass, raking fallen leaves, planting trees and pulling out weeds, things like that.Q: What does Phil do?Conversation 2:M: The trees on our campus are really beautiful.W: You're right, and they are useful, too. They cut down on our need for air conditioning, don't you think?Q: What does the woman mean?Conversation 3:W: Professor Webster has a class this afternoon from 2:30 to 4. But he won't be able to make it because he's lost his voice.M: Does he want me to try to find somebody else to take his place?Q: What does the man mean?Conversation 4:M: Can you come to the concert with me this weekend, or do you have to prepare for the exams next week?W: Frankly speaking I still have a lot to do for the exams but maybe a break would do me good.Q: What will the woman probably do?Conversation 5:M: Have you heard the weather report for today?W: Yes. It says that the sandstorm is going to be very bad and we're advised to stay indoors. Q: What is the woman talking about?Part2DialogueW: Hello, University of Sidney. May I help you?M: Yes. I'm looking for information on courses in computer programming.W: Do you want a day or evening course?M: Well, it would have to be an evening course since I work during the day.W: Uh-huh. Have you taken any courses in data processing?M: No.W: Oh, well, data processing is a prerequisite course. You have to take that course before you can take computer programming.M: Oh, I see. Well, when is it given? I hope it's not on Tuesdays.W: There's a class that meets on Monday evenings at seven.M: Just once a week?W: Right. But that's almost three hours -- from seven to nine forty-five p.m.M: Oh. Well, that's all right. I could manage that. How many weeks does the course last?W: Let me see... oh, yes, twelve weeks. You start the first week in September and finish... oh... just before Christmas. December twenty-first.M: And how much is the course?W: That's 300 dollars, and that includes the necessary computer time.M: OK. By the way, is there anything that I should bring with me?W: No. Just your checkbook.M: Thank you so much.W: You're very welcome. Bye.M: Bye.PartCHealth experts have warned for many years that cigarette smoking can lead to heart disease, cancer and other medical problems. But smokers still find it extremely difficult to stop. The American Cancer Society decided to do something to help them kick this bad habit.Every year the group organizes a national non-smoking day in an attempt to get smokers to quit smoking. The organization is asking all smokers to stop smoking at least for 24 hours. They hope this will eventually enable many people to permanently kill the habit.The cancer society officials will give telephone callers advice on how to stop smoking. Smokers also can call a special telephone number to hear recorded messages by doctors.Some businesses will offer their workers candy or chewing gum to help them fight down the crave for smoking. Some companies are offering special gifts and lower prices to people who sign an agreement to stop smoking. And Americans who do not smoke are being asked to help just one person quit smoking during the 24-hour-campaign.PartDPassage 1Office systems are equipment used to create, store, process, or communicate information in a business environment. This information can be manually, electrically, or electronicallyproduced, duplicated, and transmitted.The rapid growth of the service sector of the world economy beginning in the mid-1970s has furnished a new market for sophisticated office automation.Most modern office equipment, including typewriters, dictation equipment, facsimile machines, photocopiers, calculators, and telephone systems as well, contains a microprocessor. With the increasing incorporation of microchips into office equipment, the line between the computer and other equipment has blurred.At the same time, computers, either stand-alone or as part of a network, and specialized software programs are taking over tasks such as facsimile transmission or fax, voice mail, and telecommunications that were once performed by separate pieces of equipment. In fact, the computer has virtually taken the place of typewriters, calculators, and manual accounting techniques and is rapidly taking over graphic design, production scheduling, and engineering design.The use of computers and other modern equipment has enabled links to be established far beyond the walls of a building. Electronic links allow people in a modern office to communicate with workers at home or in satellite offices. This capability has led to a sharp increase in telecommuting. Since the early 1990s workers have worked at least part of the time outside the main office. Managers and professional employees are the major participants in this trend. As they no longer have to spend hours traveling from home to office, their work productivity has increased.As technology advances further, new equipment will be invented and introduced into the modern office, which will result in even greater efficiency in office work.Questions:1.What do office systems refer to according to the passage?2. What has furnished a new market for sophisticated office equipment since the mid-19703. How have electronic links benefited professionals and managers?Passage 2When it comes to leisure activities, Americans aren't quite the fun-seekers they've been supposed to be. For one out of five, weekends and vacations are consumed by such drudgeries as house-cleaning, yard-working and cooking; only one-third of them enjoy the luxury of relaxing in the sun, going camping, playing sports, or simply relaxing.These are among the conclusions reached by a recent poll in which more than 1,120 employed Americans were asked how they occupy themselves on days they are not at work. According to the poll, older people, the rich, and the well-educated are most apt to spend their spare time doing the things they 'want to do' rather than those they 'have to'. Overall, high-salaried people were more active then those with lower incomes -- they reported watching less television and were more likely to engage in social and cultural activities. Furthermore, those with college degrees were about twice as likely as those with no more than a high school education to spend time playing sports (42% compared with 23%). On the subject of vacations, the study found that college graduates were more likely than those with only high school degrees to have vacation plans (80% versus 60%). Of those who did intend to take some time off, 46% planned a sightseeing vacation (34% in the UnitedStates, 12% abroad), 34% expected to visit friends or relatives, 22% headed for the beach or lake, and 12% intended to relax at home.People who are divorced, widowed, or separated, the survey concluded, are the least likely of any group to take a vacation -- and the least likely to attach any importance to it.Questions:1. What is the passage mainly about?2. How do most people in the US spend their vacation according to the passage?3. Which of the following adjectives best describes the passage?4. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?Passage 3A movement to make US hotels smoke-free got a boost on Thursday when Woodfin Suite Hotels, owner of 18 hotels in 11 states, said its six California properties will go smoke-free starting September 1st.The announcement followed a similar move by Howard Johnson International Inc., which said in June that its hotel on Pocahontas Trail in Williamsburg, Va. would become the chain's first smoke-free property. And on August 1, Apple Core Hotels turned its 80-room Comfort Inn Midtown in New York City's Theater District into a no-smoking property.Hotel owners said they hope to make up for any lost business by winning over guests who prefer a smoke-free environment, but most admitted the move is largely experimental and traveler reaction will be closely watched before any major expansion of their programs. Apple Core Chief Operating Officer said his company decided to take the no-smoking plunge for a simple reason: demand."It has nothing to do with public policy," he said. "There's tremendous demand. People are very upset when they've been promised a smoke-free room and they get a smoked-in room instead."The handful of hotel owners who have taken the no-smoking plunge say the move will also help them save money in their housekeeping departments.The process of "de-smoking" a room -- eliminating all the negative effects when a room has been smoked in -- typically costs about $500 per room. Smoking rooms also face higher costs associated with more frequent carpet shampooing, curtain cleaning and minor repairs for such things as cigarette burns in fabrics, according to hotel managers.Furthermore, smoking rooms often take longer to clean than their no-smoking counterparts because they must be deodorized each day.It is also a benefit to the employees who can clean the rooms much faster. And employees who don't smoke won't get the smell. Even smokers complain when they walk in and get the smell of stale smoke.Despite the benefit of going smoke-free, however, many hotels may be reluctant to completely do away with smoking rooms in the near future. It will be more the personalpreference of the owner doing it, whereas the public company has to be more careful because it limits the demand.Questions:1. What does the passage mainly tell us?2. What do we know about Woodfin Suite Hotels?3. What is the main reason why some owners want to ban smoking in their hotels?TEST2PartAConversation 1:M: I have never heard such a fascinating lecture on solar energy. But you don't seem impressed. Don't you like it, Sally?W: Well, I must admit that I dozed off most of the time. I think it's too difficult for me to understand.Q: How did the woman feel about the lecture?Conversation 2:W: Thank goodness! You've finally arrived. The presentation started ten minutes ago. And I was just beginning to panic.M: Sorry I'm late. The traffic was extremely bad.Q: How did the woman feel when she saw the man?Conversation 3:W: I hear that you work part-time at a supermarket. What do you do there?M: I work in the produce section. I also stock shelves. Sometimes when it really gets busy, I help at the checkout counter.Q: What does the man occasionally do at his supermarket?Conversation 4:M: Mary, I've finally decided about my history paper. I'm going to focus on World War II.W: That's good, but you need to concentrate on one particular area. What about looking at thecourse of events in the Pacific?Q: What does the woman think of the man's topic?Conversation 5:M: To get an MA, you'll need thirty-six credit hours. Fifteen must be from the Education Department and fifteen from the Psychology Department. For the remaining six credit hours you have to write a thesis in about two thousand words.W: Hmm, that seems a lot, but I'm sure I'll manage.Q: What are the two speakers talking about?PartBFast ReadingAt 6:45 p.m. on the evening of Thursday 9th October, Miss Allen was returning from work to her home at 79 Winston Avenue. She had left work at 5:30 p.m. and stopped at the Fox and Goose public house in Market Street for a drink with a colleague. Miss Allen and her colleague had left the pub at 6:30 p.m. and Miss Allen had walked to the No.13 bus stop at the end of Market Street. While awaiting the arrival of the bus, she noticed a group of three youths loitering on the corner. The youths started to approach her, and she started to walk in the opposite direction. The footsteps behind her accelerated and a youth of about 19 years of age stopped her and asked her the time. As Miss Allen stopped and looked at her watch the youth seized her wrist, twisted her arm behind her back and forced her at knifepoint to surrender her handbag and her ring and bracelets. The two accomplices were encouraging their friend at this point. After Miss Allen gave the youth her handbag and her ring and bracelets the three quickly disappeared. Miss Allen was very shaken, but decided to walk to her home, a distance of about three miles, where she would alert the police. She arrived home at 7:40 p.m., only to discover that her flat had been hurriedly burgled. Clearly the muggers had found Miss Allen's keys in her handbag and had arrived before her to ransack her flat. Miss Allen later called the police to report the mugging and the burglary. In her handbag, there were 65 pounds in cash, her credit cards and checkbook and her keys. Two necklaces, several pairs of earrings, a camera and a portable CD player were stolen from her flat.PartCFor years almost everyone has believed that people lose some of their mental powers as they age. We have believed that old people have difficulty remembering and they think more slowly. Some even believe that old people have a reduced number of brain cells.Doctors are now saying that the loss of mental powers is not a sign of old age but of diseases. But Warner Shan, an expert on aging, says that some healthy elderly people seem to lose mental powers because they expect to lose some. They accept the idea that old people always lose intelligence, but studies have shown that if a person refuses to accept this idea and remains healthy, active and interested in life, his mental powers will not be affected. In fact, some kinds of intelligence continue to grow.The studies also show that old people who live with their families and have active lives increase in intelligence. People who live alone and withdraw from any kind of social life seem to lose mental ability.PartDPassage 1Lifestyle is the way a person lives; it includes work, leisure time, hobbies, other interests, and personal philosophy. One person's lifestyle may be dominated by work with few social activities. Another's may involve hobbies, recreational activities or personal philosophy. There is little doubt that lifestyles are changing and that these changes will have an impact on the way business operates in the years ahead. Several cases are causing lifestyle changes in some developed countries.First, there is more leisure time than ever before. The workweek is now less than forty hours, as compared with seventy hours a century ago. Some experts believe it will be twenty-five hours or less in a few decades. Several firms have adopted four-day workweeks with more hours per day. Others have cut down on the number of working hours each week. Reduced work schedules mean increased leisure time.Second, families have fewer children than before -- and young couples are postponing childbirth instead of having children early in the marriage. This trend has forced many businesses to modify their competitive strategies. Gerber Products Company used to advertise 'babies are our business -- our only business'. Now Gerber products include infant and toddler clothing, stuffed animals and accessories such as bottles, baby powder and so on. Third, people are better educated and more prosperous now than they were earlier. These advantages bring with them the freedom to question current lifestyles and examine new ones. Inquiries of this nature have sometimes led to personal lifestyle changes. Today's youth, for example, are not only better educated but more independent and individualistic than past generations.The business world is only beginning to realize how people's lifestyles can influence their behavior as employees, consumers and members of society.Questions:1. What does the passage mainly tell us?2. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?3. What does the speaker say about today's youth?Passage 2Mountain climbers around the world dream about going up Mount Qomolangma. It is the highest mountain in the world. But many people who have climbed the mountain had left waste material that is harming the environment. The pollution is affecting populated areasnear the mountain.A team of Americans is planning the largest clean-up effort ever on Mount Qomolangma. They will make the risky trip up the mountain next month. The team of eight Americans will be guided by more than twenty ethnic Sherpas of Nepal. Their goal is to remove all the trash they see and send most of it back to the United States. They will spend two months moving up the mountain gathering oxygen bottles, fuel containers, batteries, drinks cans, human waste and other trash. They are expected to remove at least three tons of trash in large bags. Team leader Robert Hoffman is making his fourth trip up the mountain. He says he hopes to return Mount Qomolangma to the condition it was in before the first successful climb fifty years ago. He says he hopes the effort will influence other people to clean up the environment closer to home.Human waste on Mount Qomolangma is a major concern. So the clean-up team will take along with them newly developed equipment to collect and treat human waste. Over the years, the waste particles have polluted the mountain. In the warm season when the ice melts, the polluted water flows to Nepalese villages below. The problem has gotten worse in recent years because climbing Mount Qomolangma has become more popular.Since 1992 the government of Nepal has required climbers to bring down what they take up. But those rules were never fully carried out. And no one has ever been required to bring back their trash from the highest part of the mountain.Mount Qomolangma is part of the Himalayan mountain range. It is on the border between Nepal and Tibet, China. Edmund Hillary of New Zealand and Sherpa Tensing Norgay made the first successful climb in 1953. Since then, more than eight hundred people have successfully climbed the mountain. Some people who reached the top died on their way down. Many other people died before reaching the top, which is almost nine thousand meters high.Questions:1. Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage?2. Which of the following is true?3. What's the American team's goal in going up Mount Qomolangma?4. What can be concluded from the passage?Passage 3According to popular belief, eccentrics are wealthy people who can afford to indulge their eccentricities on a grand scale. But nowadays eccentrics are just as likely to work at ordinary jobs. One man, for example, works in a bank from 9 to 5, but in his spare time carries a bow and arrow and thinks of his home as a leafy corner of Sherwood Forest. Another eccentric is a social worker but lives in a cave and does long charity walks wearing pajamas. A third spends all his time in bed and a fourth lives only on potatoes.Dr. David Weeks has found that such oddballs often have certain features in common. They are often the only or eldest child raised in strict homes. Many have strange eating or sleepinghabits. And although they are frequently impatient with other people, they are generally not competitive and hate sports. They are poor conversationalists, but are often highly educated and read far more than ordinary people. They are often creative and inventive, especially in the scientific field. Not surprisingly, eccentrics tend to live alone and they are more likely to be men. They outnumber women by two to one.If you're an eccentric, you'll be encouraged by Dr. Weeks' study. Eccentrics are less likely to be mentally ill than more conventional people are. And, in his view, they provide some harmless, welcome relief from ordinary people.Questions:1. Why does the speaker give three examples of eccentrics at the beginning of his talk?2. What can we learn about eccentrics from Dr. Weeks' study?3. What's Dr. Weeks' attitude toward eccentrics?。
新标准大学英语视听说教程4-听力原文
Unit 1OutsideviewConversation 1Li:What a wonderful view! This is such a great city!Do you ever get tired of living in London, Andy?A;"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"Li:That's a quotation by Samuel Johnson, isn't it?A:Correct,so do you have any plans when you finish at Oxford?Li: I've got another year to go and then I suppose I'll go back home.A; And you will find a job?Li:I think I have to do my Master's before I look for work.But I must admit London is very special.Do you think you would ever leave London?A:Sure, I'd love to come to china one day, and I like traveling. But i think I'll always come back here.Li:Well, your roots are here and there are so many opportunities.A;But have you ever thought of living in London for a year or two?Li:Yes, but what could I do here? I had planned to become a teacher.But i have often thought if there was a job i could do here in publishing,maybe as an editor, I'll go for it.A:That's sounds like a great idea.I think that would really suit youLi:Maybe I should update my CV and send it to one or two publisher.A:Don't make it look too goodLi:Why not?A;Well,if you enjoy working with London Time Off, we don't want you working with anyone elseLi:Oh, working with you and Joe it's great fun and really interesting. I couldn't think of a better way to find out about a cityA;So maybe you should think about applying for a job with usLi:But do you think I'd stand a chance(有可能,有希望)?I mean, I'm not sure if Joe likes meA:Don't even think about it!Joe is very straight talking and I promise you that you'd know if he didn't like you.Li:Perhaps we should both update our CVs and look for jobs togetherA:Hey,right!That would be fun.Conversation 2Li:T alking about future plans,how do you see your career developing?A:My career?Well, I like working for London Time Off.It's a part of a larger media company called Lift off USA,so there are lots of opportunities.But...Li:But...What?A:It's not always very easy working with Joe.I mean,I kind of think he has a different agenda(different way of thinking from Andy不一样的想法).I like his work, but sometimes I don't think his heart is in his job.Li:How did he end up in London?A:He did media studies in the States,and then found work as a gofer(杂工)at Lift off USA in New York.Li:What's a gofer?A:Go for this,go for that.It's a word for the least experienced person in the film and TV industry.Then he came to London and got a proper job as a researcher at Lift off UK,and then after a few years he got the producer's job in London Time OffLi:He is good at his job,isn't he?A:Yes,he is confident and competent at what he does,so the people who work with him rate him quite highly(speak highly of).Li:Except you?A:No,I rate him too.And I get on with him quite well,although we are not best budies or anything like that,it's just...I want his job!Li:Now we know your little secret.I promise I won't tell anyoneA:Janet,there was something I was going to ask you...Li:Sure,what is it?A:I was wondering...oh,it's nothing.Anyway,all this talk about your future career is making me thirsty.Let's go for a drink.Li:Who is round ?A:You...Outsideview :How to get a jobGraduation.What a big day!Your life is about to begin!And then your parents say..."Get a job".I tell you!Looking for your first job out of college can be pretty hard.Reading all the job listing is so annoying.Even trying to figure out what the actual job is can be difficult.Searching through the want ads can be so boring.And writing your resume is really hard work."I don't have that day open."Getting a job interview,and then going on it —the whole process is pretty tough."Sorry to keep you waiting.Uh,have a seat.""I have your resume here,and you are interested in the assistant's position.""Yeah,yeah""Well,the right candidate for this job has to be very outgoing and sociable.After all it is a sale position.""Well, I'm a real extrovert(性格外向的人).Definitely.""And the right candidate has to have great self-confidence.Customers need to feel that you know what you're talking about.""Well, I'm really self-confident.Um I know what I'm talking about and I think I can project that""So,what skills would you bring to this job?"""Well, I realize that I'm completely overqualified for this position.I mean,um,in my last job,I was running the whole place.""Oh,so you've supervised people?""Yep,five of them.So,obviously I could do this job,no problem.I also havereally good computer skills.Um what else do you want to know about me?""Eh..."Even though I was trying really hard,even though I had sent out about 300 resumes,even though I asked all my friend and relatives if they knew of anything.I wasn't getting anywhere!Despite all my best efforts,I was still unemployed."Please,why don't you see a career counsellor(顾问)?I'll pay for it.Anything to help you get a job!""Samantha,I'm Phyllis Stein.Welcome""Oh,hi,Phyllis.Nice to meet you."So I figure,heck,why not?I met with Phyllis Stein,a professional job coach."Interviewing is vital to getting the job that you want."She showed me how to prepare for an interview by doing research on the position and the company.And latter,she coaching me on my interviewing skills."I am going to pretend to be your interviewer,and then we'll stop it and replay it and look at the video and see what we could learn from that.OK?""I don't think that you should go into an interview having not practised with some of the questions that are pretty standard.""Tell me about yourself.""Well,my parents—my mom is a social worker,and my dad is an engineer.""Your preparation is really important.""What do you know about our organization?""Well,I saw on,um,on the Internet that ,you do business publishing?Right?""There is a whole range of things that have to do with how you presentyourself/""Why should I hire you?""Oh,well.,um, I'm a really outgoing person,and I like,I like people a lot.I'm responsible and nice.""You need to think about what the interviewer is actually looking for.""Samantha, what was a major problem that you've encountered and how did you solve it?""I haven't really had any problems to deal with. ""Thank you.Now let's look at your mock interview on videotape. ""I think it boils down(归结为)to preparation,presentation, and understanding what the interviewer is looking for "(Watching the videotape)"Another way of answering it is not telling about yourself ,but telling your relationship to the job."So,they don't care so much about your parents and that you want to live in Cambridge.They may need you to be able to be a troubleshooter.You use some examples in your life from being a troubleshooter.""One of the things that someone who is an assistant in a trade show is doing,is dealing with problems.You need to be sure that you stay,sort of ,on target with preventing,presenting yourself in the strongest possible way."This time I felt a lot more confident when I went in for the interview."I have developed strong communication skills.In college I worked on the school paper and I brought some writing samples to show you.""I also workedevery summer at a bed-and-breakfast.""I worked a lot with our guests.I booked reservation over the phone,got them what they needed,and handled any complains.""Well,I feel like I did really well.We'll see. "Making a good first impression is the most important part of a job interview.Arriving on time and being confident are the most important parts of a job interview.It's very important that you are being confident and you're being clear in your answers and listening carefullyNot fidgeting(坐立不安,烦躁)and being confident are the most important things in a job interview.Writing a thank-you note is the most important thing you want to do after a job interview/And go in there with a firm handshake.Listening in"It's not enough to ask what successful people are like...It is only by asking where they are from that we can unravel the logic behind who succeed and who doesn't"This is the basic idea of an intriguing book called Outliers, by the American journalist Malclom Gladwell.The book explores the factors which contribute to people who are extremely successful in their careers, for example, the role the family , culture and friend play.Gladwell examines the causes of why the majority of Canada ice hokey players are born in the first few months of the calender year,what the founder of Microsoft Bill Gates did to achieve his extraordinary success,and why the Beatles managed to redefine the whole of popular music in the 1960s.Gladwell points out that the youth hockey league in Canada recruits from January the first, so that players born early in the year are bigger,stronger and better athletes than others born later in the year.And because they have this advantage at the start of their sports career,they're given extra coaching,and so there's a greater chance that they'll be picked for an elite hockey team in the future.He calls this phenomenon accumulative advantage(积累优势),a bit like the idea that the rich get richer and the poor get poorer.Success depends on the process by which talented athletes are identified as much as it does on their own abilities.Another aspect which contributes to success is the 10000 hour rule.Great success demands an enormous amount of time for practise and training.For example,the Beatles performed live in Hamburg Germany more than 1200times over four years,much more than the 10000 hours Gladwell claim is necessary for great success.So by the time they returned to England,they had developed their talente and sounded completely different from any other group.In the same way,Bill Gates had thousands of hours' worth of programming because he had access to a computer at his high school.He also became a teenager just at the right time to take advantage of the latest developments incomputer technology.Outliers has met with extraordinary sucess,matched only by Gladwell's own career for 25 years in journalism.As a result, many citics have seen it as an autobiography, in which the writer appears to be apologizing for his own personal achievements.But the ides that you have to be born at the right moment,in the right place and in the right family,and then you have to work really hard is a thought-provoking way of revisiting our traditional view of genius and great achievement.It's certainly worth reading,as long as you don't take it too seriously.Listening in 2P:Hi,we are talking about typical working hours in the US and in Brazil.Eric...um...you're from the States,tell me what are the typical working hours in the States?E:Er...traditionally people go to work at 9o'clock in the morning and they finish at about 5,so sort of a 9to 5.P:And,and Penny I...I know you're English but you work in Brazil,what are the hours in Brazil?Penny:Um varies slightly,sometimes you can start um on an early shift,say,8o'clock in the morning to 5 um or 9 until 6.But in Brazil often people will work longer hours than this.P:Right,right ok.And what kind of clothes do you wear?I mean do you dress up formally or in a relaxed way?E:It used to be that you would wear a jacket and tie to work for...for men but er nowadays an open shirt is ok.You don't necessarily have to wear a tie and sometimes on a Friday you can wear a pair of jeans to work.P:Oh,right the dress down Friday?E:The dress down Friday that's right.P:Does that still happen?E:Yes, yes sure it does.P:And how about in Brazil?Penny:Um, it's fairly casual,quite informal,um I mean you need to look neat and tidy obviously,but you,you have your own choice rely on what you would wear,there are no rules and regulations.It's important to look smart but comfortable.P:Right,yeah do you have meal breaks or is that...you just fit in meals when you can or...?E:Lunch,lunch is usually an hour sometimes a little shorter if you have to do a lot of work from your desk.P:Yeah,how about Brazil?Penny:That's the same, about an hour.P:And,and with overtime,I mean,if you...I mean you're obviously contracted to do a certain number of hours.What happens if you do more than the hours that you...that's in you...that are in your contract?E:I have to make a fairly um strict record of my hours so if I go beyond 5 o'clock on most days I put in for overtime.P:Right.E:And it's...the first hour is one of overtime and then there's I think 15minute periods after that.So I could work an hour and a quarter.P:And you'd be paid for the quarter hours?E:That's right,by the quarter hour.P:How about in Brazil?Penny:It's,it's a lot looser in Brazil actually.We we often end up doing overtime but unfortunately not paid.P: Fine.That's hard luck.And what about holidays,what about in the States?You don't have much holidays in the States do you?E:No.When you start at a company you get two weeks holiday or two weeks vacation as we say...P:YeahE:Um then it's usually not until you've been at the company for about five ears that they give you another week.So you get three weeks after you've been there for five years.P:And what about in Brazil?Penny:Um it's quite good actually-30days.P:Sounds very generous.Penny:Yeah I can pop back to...P:Is that 30 working days or 30 days in total?Penny:That's 30 working daysP:Wow,that'sPenny:Yes,yeah it's a good deal.P:What about retirement?I know it's a long way of there!When do you retire?E:Generally speaking it's at 65.P:And the same for women.E:Um it's I think a little sooner than that for women.Women I think 62or 63.P;Right ,good.And in Brazil is it similar?Penny:Similar to the States.It's um after 60 for women.65 for men,or if you've clocked up about 30 or 35 years of service then you can retire after that.P:Right and when...do you have a pay day?When is pay day?E:Um,well ,we gt paid twice a month,so we get paid at the beginning of the month and then we get paid in the middle of the month at the 15th give or take(大约). P:Yeah,and what about in Brazil?Penny:I think it all depends which company you're working for.For the one I am working for right now I get paid twice a month but when I began,with a different company that was once a month,so,it varies.P:And are there any company benefits that you have in the States?Do you have a company car or a pension?E:Yeah,we get a company car.We're able to...we lease a car in effect but it's a company car that we get for 18 months to two years and then we...we can move on to another model from that.There's a fairly good pension scheme,that's still working,and hospitalization as well.P:Oh,that's importantE:Yeah,a health plan through work is very important.P:Right.And what about in Brazil?Penny:Yeah,excellent benefits like that.Well I mean it does depend on the company and the status of your or your job but you might get a car,living accommodation,school for the children,they'll pay for your lunch,travel passes,gasoline,health insurance,all sorts of benefits actually it's very good.P:Sounds very good,with the holiday and all those benefits it sounds a great place to work.Unit 2Outside viewConversation 1Joe: OK, when you finished chatting, let's get down to work.Andy: OK, sure.Janet: Fine by me. What's on the agenda?Joe: First up today is Read all about it! Now, I assume everyone has read all the books for the future? Has anyone read any of the books?Andy: Well, Joe, there are over 20 new books coming out next month, so…Joe: I'm sorry, I really think that's quite unacceptable. It's your job! What about you, Janet?Janet: I'm sorry but this is the first time I've worked on Read all about it! And I didn't know I was meant to read all the books.Andy: Have you read them?Joe: No, but that's why you're my assistants. You're meant to assist me.Andy: It's true that we need to read the books, Joe, but we haven't…Joe: OK, there you go. You are always making excuses!Andy: And what's more, we haven't even chosen the books yet.Joe: OK, let's get down with it. What's on the list?Janet: I suppose we're looking for books with a London angle(伦敦视角)? Andy: Not necessarily.Janet: Is it OK to look for non-fiction too?Joe: Absolutely.Janet: OK, here's an idea. There's a new biography(自传)of Charles Dickens which I'm reading.Andy: Sounds good-his books are always on TV.Janet: You see I'm studying Dickens at university, and I noticed it in the bookshop last week. It's really interesting.Joe: OK, tell us more.Janet: Well, it's a description of the London locations where he set many of his books like Oliver Twist and David Copperfield.Andy: Sounds right up your street(拿手的)!Joe Well done, Janet. Maybe you can show Andy how to plan the feature. OK,that's it everyone. Let's get to it!Conversation 2Janet: What's the matter with Joe today?Andy: No idea. He's a bit like that sometimes. He gets annoyed with me, but I don't really know why.Janet: He wasn't being at all fair. How often does he get like this?Andy: Well, I suppose it's not very often. But sometimes he really gets on my nerves (使某人心烦意乱).Janet: Don't let it get to you. He's probably got too much work, and he's stressed. Andy: Well, he should keep his problems away from the studio. Anyway, you're the expert on Dickens, tell me something about him.Janet: Well, Charles Dickens was one of the most popular novelists in 19th century Britain. Many of his novels first appeared in magazines, in short episodes. Each one had a cliffhanger at the end that made people want to read the next episode(集,一集).Andy: And was he a Londoner?Janet: He was born in Portsmouth but his family moved to London when he was ten years old.Andy: And he set most of his stories in London, didn't he?Janet: That's right. He knew the city very well.Andy: Whereabouts in London are his stories set?Janet: Around the Law Courts in the centre of London. He worked as a court reporter and many of the real life stories he heard in court inspired some of most famous characters in his novels.Andy: I think some of his stories take place south of the river?Janet: That's right, especially around Docklands. The thing was…Dickens was a social commentator(社会评论员)as much as he was a novelist-his stories describe the hardship, the poverty, and crime which many Londoners experienced in the 19th century. It makes me want to read some Dickens again. Maybe I'll just go shopping for a copy of Great Expectations. Andy: Anyway, you did me a huge favour. That was a real brainwave(突然想到的妙计,灵感)to suggest the new biography.Janet: Cheer up Andy. It wasn't your fault.Andy: No, it's OK, I'll get over it. Go on, off you go and enjoy your shopping! Outside viewBritish people read a lot. They read books, newspapers and magazines. And of course they read text messages on their mobile phones. Sixty-five percent of British people list "reading for pleasure" as a major hobby. A quarter of the population reads more than 20 books each year. So where do these books come from? Well, there are bookshops where you can buy books. And there are lots ofpublic libraries where you can borrow books for free. In this library you can borrow books, but you can also buy a cup of coffee, look at an art exhibition, sit in a quiet study area or connect to the Internet. You can also now borrow CDs, videos or DVDs of films and television programmes. Some libraries even let you borrow computer games. There are often reference rooms where you can go to look something up or go to study. Many libraries have also got special rooms with books and photograghs about the historu of the area. Libraries are very important in schools and universities both for study and for reading for pleasure. The British Library is one of the world's greatest libraries. The queen opened its new building in 1998. It receives a copy of every book published in Britain, and adds three million new items every year. It's got books of course, but also sound recordings, music, maps, newspapers, and magazines. People predicted that radio, then television, then the Internet will kill reading, but it still a very popular activity.Listening in 1M:So how long has your book group been running?C:Well, let me see, it's over 20years now. I think it's actually one of the oldest books groups around, because it was only about 20years ago that they started to become fashionable in the UK.M:And how often do you have meetings?C:We meet about once every four or five weeks, although we try to avoid meetings in the summer holidays, and during the run-up to(前奏,预备期)Christmas when we all start to get busy with other things.M:And how many members do you have?C:We're ten in all, although it's rare that everyone can attend.M:And what happens during the meeting?C:Well, we usually meet at one of our homes, and we start fairly late, around 8:30, and the host prepares dinner, and sometime during the meal, someone asks "So what did you think of the book?" and that's when the discussion starts.M:It sounds quite informal.C:It is, yes, and sometimes if we haven't enjoyed the book, the meal becomes more important than the discussion. But it's fairly rare that no one likes the book, and it gets quire interesting when opinions about it are divided.M And what sort of books do you read?C:Oh,all kinds, actually, not just novels, although I must admit that being a member of the club makes me read more modern fiction than I might do otherwise. But we also read the classics,you know the novels we all read or should have read 30 years ago, and it's quite good fun to revisit them, to see if our views of the books have changed. We re-read Thomas Hardy recently, and whereas I used to love it when I was a student, this time I thought it was exasperatingly(惹人恼火地)dull. And we read non-fiction. quite a lot of history and travel writing. A couple of the members like poetry, which I don't, but you know, we're tolerant each other's choice, and it gives us a chance to try things we wouldn't usually read.M:And how do you choose the books?C:Well, at the end of the evening the person who hosts the dinner-basically, the cook- has the right to choose the next book.M:And that works OK?C:Yes, although there's quite a lot of stress on choosing something that will earn everyone else's respect. And we've got one member who likes science fiction, so we try not to go to his place too often!Listening in 2Well, thank you for your kind welcome, and for giving me the opportunity to give this brief tour of Literary England. I can't claim it's an authoritative tour, as I'm, not a professional literary specialist. However, I have two amateur passions: one is travel and the other is reading and English literature in particular. And this lecture is a description of different visits I have made to places in Britain and Ireland, chosen specifically for their close links with well-known writers of what we call the classics of English literature.Just to give you an overview of the lecture, I'm going to start in my home town of London, which is also the home of many well-known writers. But I think that the picture we have in our mind of London has been largely fashioned by the work of Charles Dickens and Shakespeare. Dickensian London is illustrated most clearly by his book Oliver Twist, and Shakespeare's London brings to mind the plays written and performed here, such as Romeo and Juliet. We'll also have a look at thememorial of freat British writers, Poets' Corner in Westminster Abbey.Then off we go to Oxford, another city rich in its literary history. I'm, going to focus on the greatest of Oxford's literary alumni, JRR Tolkien, the professor of English who wrote Lord of the Rings, which is now famous throughout the world because of the recent series of films.Then we turn south towards the gentle countryside of Hampshire, home of Jane Austen, where her various novels, including Price and Prejudice are set. She also spent a period of her life in the magnificent Georgian city of Bath.Then we turn north to the hills of west Yorkshire where we find Bronte country, so called because it was the home of the three sisters, Charlotte, Emily and Anne Bronte. Perhaps the two best known novels are Charlotte Bronte's Jane Eyer, and Emily Bronte's Wuthering Heights, also made into successful films.Then up to the north-west, to the stunning land of mountains and lakes which is the Lake District, home of the Lakeland poets. Perhaps its most famous son is William Wordsworth, whose poem "I wandered lonely as a cloud" has been learnt by generations of school children not just in Britain, but around the English-speaking world.So that's the basic route round Literary England, although I'll be thinking several detours to visit other famous writers whose work contributes to the glory which is English literature. Let's start…Unit3Inside view:Conversation 1Tanya: Hey! That looks good on you! You should try it on.Janet: No thanks, I’m just looking.Tanya: Go on, try it on. I can tell it suits you.Janet: You seem to want me to buy something. And I’m not sure I want to buy anything at all.Tanya: Well, yes .I’m pretty sure you want to buy something.Janet: How do you know?Tanya: Well, it’s my job to know what women want to wear.Janet: How do you know what I want to wear?Tanya: I can just tell. Most women don’t hold things up like that unless they know they want to buy it, but either they haven’t got the money or they are nervous about impulse buying.Janet: So what type of Tanya am I then?Tanya: No money.Janet: Yeah! You are right, but how do you know?Tanya: If you were nervous about impulse(心血来潮的,一时冲动的)buying, you’ll feel good that you’ve made a careful decision.Janet: That’s pretty smart. What is your job then?Tanya: I’m a buyer for a store in New York City. I’m here for London Fashion Week.Hey, do you want to go? I have some free tickets for the catwalk show this afternoon.Janet: Well, I’m not sure. I’m waiting for a friend for a friend, actually ,and…Joe: Hi, Janet!Janet: Joe! What are you doing here?Joe: Why the surprise?Janet: It’s just…I didn’t expect to see you. That’s all. Er, this is …Tanya: Hello, I’m T anya Feinstein. Is this the friend you were waiting for…Janet: NO. Yes!Tanya: So would you both like to come this afternoon?Janet: Tanya has invited us to the catwalk show this afternoon.Tanya:Look at this. Oh, it’s perfect. I’ll try it on. I’ll leave you two to make up your minds.Conversation2Joe: Who is she? Is she a friend of yours?Janet: No, she just came up to me and started talking about fashion. She’s a buyer for some New York fashion store.Joe: But why she invited us to a catwalk show?Janet: She’s giving out free tickets. Part of her job I think.Joe: So do you want to go?Janet: I suppose so. Have not got any money for shopping, so why not?。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。
Unit OneTrack 4-1-O-A. Jay and Elise are talking about an accident. Listen and check the correct picture.Jay: Come in here, Elise. You should see this show!Elise: What is it?Jay: It's called "The Titanic of the Sky." It's about the Hindenburg, a great engineering feat. Elise: The Hindenburg ...Jay: You know, that giant zeppelin that crashed in 1934. Thirty-five people died.Elise: Oh yeah, I remember now. It was flying from Germany to the United States. It crashed as it was landing. Jay: Right. It's so funny looking, don't you think? It doesn't look anything like the airplanes as have today.Elise: That's true. Why would people ride in a zeppelin anyway? It seems so dangerous.Jay: Well, some people called the Hindenburg "man's greatest achievement in flight." They thought it was safe, I guess.Elise: Who rode in it anyway?Jay: Mostly wealthy people. It accommodated between 30 and 40 passengers and crew. One person said it was like a "flying hotel."Eise: It sounds pretty great. Jay: Yeah, and it was fast. That's why people rode it. They wanted to get to their destination faster.Elise: Why didn't they just take a jet plane?Jay: Elise! You know they didn't have jets back then. Look, in 1934 it took five days to travel from Germany to the U.S. by ship. The zeppelin could do it in half that time. It was speedy.Elise: Well, maybe ril sit down and watch a little bit. Maybe r II learn something ...Track 4-1-O-2 |B. Listen again. How was the zeppelin described? Check your answers.Track 4-1-OL-3A. Listen to the conversation and check the correct picture. Jack: I think we should buy a bigger car. Big cars are safer.Kayla: Yes, but on the other hand, they consume more oil.Jack: They also look really cool.Kayla: That's true, but there are some SUVs which are not big but also very beautiful.Jack: And 1 think big cars are more fun to drive.Kayla: But then again, it's very expensive.Jack: Well, let's get more information about several kinds of cars, okay?Track44OL4Listen to another person talking about famous buildings in his country and fill in the blanks with information you hear.My country has two very famous buildings called the Petronas Towers. The buildings are made of glass, steel,and concrete. They were designed by an American architect, but he used a Malaysian style. They were finished in1998, and they were the tallest buildings in the world at that time. Each tower has 88 floors, and is 452 meters high. Ireally like the Petronas Towers. They show both the modern and the traditional side of my country.Track4-1-OL-5A. Listen to a talk on controversies about modern buildings. Then fill in the blanks to complete the sentences. Modern buildings: We love them, We hate themThe world-famous Louvre Museum in Paris is almost 500 years old, and it faced a very modern problem: Theresimply wasn't enough space for six million visitors each year. In 1989, American architect I.M. Pei designed a strikingglass pyramid in the building's center to be a visitor entrance and shopping arcade. But he also started an angrydebate. Some people felt his glass building was a piece of art, like the ones inside the museum. Others said it wasjust an ugly, modern mistake.Kyoto, Japan, is the country's ancient capital, and the heart of its culture. Its railroad station was too small forthe millions of visitors. In 1997, the city completed a new station in a huge shopping center, right in the oldest part ofthe city. Designed by Hiroshi Hara, the building also contains a hotel and department store. Before it was built, criticssaid that the high, wide, modern building would destroy the city's traditional look. On the other hand, supporters saidit would bring new life into the city center.Track 4-1-OL-6B. Now listen again and complete the chart with the information you hear.Track 4-1-OL-7B. Listen to the interview with Erika Van Beek, an engineer. According to Erika, what should be done about overcrowding in cities?The future building boom? Interviewer: What do you think is the biggest problem facing our cities? Erika: I think it's overcrowding. Talk to anyone living in a major metropolitan area and they will say thesame thing: There's no space. Even the suburbs are getting crowded.Interviewer: Well, in some places there simply isn't any land left for building, right? Erika: Yes, that's true, but you have to think creatively. You can't give up so easily.Interviewer: Think creatively? What do you suggest?Eiika What rm saying is that we can build more structures underground. We can add parking lots, malls,hotels, and even apartment buildings. There's plenty of space.Interviewer: Isn't it expensive?Eiika Yes, it can be. In the past building underground has been very expensive. However, we have newtechnology that will bring the cost down. It involves using robots. You don't have to pay robots a salary!Interviewer: Isn't "building down" more dangerous than other kind of construction?Erie Actually, I think it's safer than building skyscrapersfor example. Remember,we already do it. We havesubways and underground shopping malls. I'm just suggesting we invest in a variety of bigger projects and that we dig deeper. Interviewer: What would you say to people who doubt your idea?Eiika I can understand their feelings. Whenever there's a new idea, it can cause controversy. But "building down"is not some kind of impractical idea. It makes sense. There is so much space underground: It can accommodate a lot of traffic, storage, and people. With the new technology we have, we'd be crazy not to consider the ide—it's the wave of the future!Track 4-1-OL-8C. Listen again. Check the statements you think Erika would agree.Unit 2Track 4-2-OL-1Pam: Well, Lynn, I must be going. It was great to see you -Lynn: By, Pam.Pam: What' s that?Lynn: Oh …that ' s Ollie.Pam: Ollie: I didn ' t know you had a dog!Lynn: Well, we don ' t …really.Pam: What do you mean?Lynn: Come here.Pam: Oh my goodness. It ' s a robot!Lynn: That ' s right. It ' s a dog robot. They call it a “ dogbot. ”Pam: How interesting! … But it ' s a little strange, don ' t you think?Lynn: Well, I wanted to get an interactive toy for the kids. They love it. So I ' m happy.Pam: How much did it cost?Lynn: Don' t ask. It wasn ' t very affordable. It ' s cheaper than having a real dog, though. We don ' t ever ha buy dog food! And the batteries are rechargeable.Juliana: Hey, Henrik. Look.Henrik: What is it, Juliana?Juliana: What' s that guy doing over tere?Henrik: Which guy?Juliana: The one over there. Wearing a suit. H ' s punching so many buttons on his cell phone.Henrik: Oh, him. He ' s probably playing a game.Juliana: Really?Henrik: A lot of people have games on their cell phones. It opulaf her e iail^F inland. They play themeverywhere.Juliana: Do you play them, too?Henrik: Yes, I do.Juliana: I only use my phone to make telephone calls. I guess I -fashioned. m oldHenrik: I heard that some people play games even at work. They can play quietly during business meetings. No one knows about it. Juliana: I ' d like to try it.Henrik: Here, use mine!Track 4-2-OL-3Penny: Hello. Your Computer World sales department.Ted: Hi, Penny. It ' s Ted.Penny: Oh, hi, Ted. What ' s up?Ted: well, my computer has crashed again.Penny: Oh no!Ted: Oh, yes. That ' s why I ' m calling. You know, it ' s five years old. And I need to speak to Scott aboutgetting a new one.Penny: well, you ' ve called at a good time. We have some attractive new models.Ted: Great! I ' m looking for something affordable. And I want to get something portable this time.Penny: I ' m sure Scott can help you with that •…Let ' s see, he is in a meeting until 3:30. I ' ll ask him to call Ted: No, that ' s OK. I ' ll call him after 3:30.eFgive him the message.E-mail is my favourite way to communicate. I think it is as fast as a fax machine, and it is as easy as a cell phone.Of course, e-mail has some problems, too. It isn ' t as affordable as ordinary mail, because you need a ncbmputerInternet service. And I don ' t think it is as reliable as a fax machine. Sornearnhesessages get lost. But in myopinion, e-mail is as convenient as a cell phone. I can send a message from my home or office, and my friends can read it when they have time.Track 4-2-OL-5In today ' s report, we look at a new technology called pervasive computing.Pervasive computing means putting tiny computers into everyday electronic appliances, such as toasters and microwaves. With pervasive computing, appliances can communicate with their users -and with other appliances!Some companies now sell pervasive computing products like a “ smart toaster. It remembers your favourite kind of toast: light or dark. Companies are designing a “ smart coffee maker and a “ smartdock. The coffee maker can measure the water and coffee. It can even putmilk in your breakfast coffee and make black coffee in the afternoon. The clock will check the time on other clocks in your house, and give information about other appliances. For example, it can tell you, “ Your coffee maker needs more water.”And that ' s only the beginning. One company is now advertising pfhcSiavyotimiwashing machine! ”engineers are making a “ smart ” house. In this house, the lights, heaterr andcfitioner change automatically when family members come home. This makes the home comfortable, and it saves a lot of energy. Pervasive computing could change many parts of our daily lives.But do people really want pervasive computing? Do they really need technology everywhere? One company asked people about their opinions on “ smart appliances. There were surprises. A “ smart r e frigerator can buy more food on the internet, but people didn ' t want it, because it might make mistakes.“ Pervasive computing is as important as a telephone, ” says Rebecca Blair, president of InnoTech Corporation.But some of these products are not useful, or even practical. Companies should learn more about the technology that people really want. Track 4-2-OL-7Local girl rescuedShe may have a broken leg, but she can ' t be happier. Morgan Bailey, 11, is happy to be alive.Tuesday was like any other day for Morgan. She was at school. It was fourth period, and she was the first student to arrive in the gymnasium for her physical education class.Suddenly there was a loud noise.“ There was a sharp cracking noise and then a loud boom. After that, I don ' t remember anything, ” said Morg; The roof of the gymnasium had collapsed under the heavy snow. Morgan was trapped und erneath. She couldn ' tescape.“I woke up and there was a big piece of wood on my leg. I couldn ' t move it. I was starting to get cold. ”Fortunately, help was nearby. A new program using “rescue robots ” was tried for the first time.“ We were nervous about using the robot, ” said Derrick Sneed, the man in charge of the program. “ But in thethe robot gave us reliable information. It went extremely well. ”The rescue robot was able to go into the gym and locate Morgan ' s exact position.“ We send in robots first because it may not be safe for humans, ” said Mr. Sneed. “ Human beings are not as useful as robots in some situations. A gas leak, for example, could kill you or me but wouldn ' t hurt a robot. Although it didn ' t happen in Morgan ' s ca s cu etootets can bring fresh air or water to people who are trapped.Rescue robots go into rough, dangerous places. They work in life or death situations. They have to be durable.Doctors say that Morgan is doing well. She should be going home in two or three days. What is the first thing she wants to do after she gets out of the hospital?“I want to meet my hero, ” laughs Morgan. “ That little robot that saved my life! ”Track 4-2-OL-9The first word processorMrs. Morgan: Tara: Good. So change the first part and make those corrections and your paper will be great.OK. Thanks for all your help, Professor Morgan. I -mail my paper to you later today.Mrs. Morgan: You know, technology is amazing. In high school I used to write my term papers on a typewriter.Tara: It must have taken a long time to write a paper on a typewriter.Mrs. Morgan: Well, I was pretty fast, but I made some mistakes. Actually, the typewriters weren ' t that bad. Now, as for the first computers … oh my gosh!Tara: What do you mean?Mrs. Morgan: The first computers were so unreliable. They used to crash all the time. And they were not as affordable or as fast as they are now.Tara: Mine' s pretty fast, but not as fast as some of the newer, more expensive ones.Mrs. Morgan: I know! And nowadays, almost everyone has a computer. In those days, nobody had their own computer. We used to use the ones at the university.Tara: In the computer lab?Mrs. Morgan: Yeah, that ' s all we had. I ' ll never forget, one spring, duriagifinElv e rybody wasworking on their term papers, and the electricity went out!Tara: So? No big deal •- laptops have batteries …Mrs. Morgan: Yes, but remember, in those days we didn ' t have laptops. If your computer crashed, you losteverything.Tara: Everything?Mrs. Morgan: Everything. We used to lose information all the time, but that time it was terrible. Everybodylost their papers that afternoon •- including me.Tara: What did you do?Mrs. Morgan:Tara: I went back to the good, old-fashioned way. You mean typewriters?Mrs. Morgan: worked. Tara: Nope. I used something more affordable, portable, reliable, disposable, something that always What was that?Mrs. Morgan: (holds up pencil and paper) The first word processor.Unit 3Track4-3-OL-1/Track4-3-OL-2Joe: What are you reading, Maria?Maria: The Daily News.Joe: The News? Ugh! That ' s a terrible paper.Maria: Oh, Joe, it ' s not so bad.Joe: Not so bad? Look at that headline on the front page! It ' s so sensational.Maria: Well, they ' ve got great comics. I can ' t live without my comics.Joe: I know. But the news coverage is so poor, ... especially the international news. It ' s a joke, really. Maria: I ' m not so interested in the international news. Besides, they have so many other good featu reJoe: Like what?Maria: Like …the daily horoscope, for example. I love it.Joe: That ' s not a good reason to buy a newspaper …for the horoscope!Maria: Look, the newspaper only costs 50 cents. What so you expect?Joe: Good point.Maria: Besides the horoscope, I also like the entertainment news. I like to read about the stars and their love affairs.Joe: Well, you can keep The Daily News. I ' m going to stick with The Times.Track 4-3-OL-3Amy: John, I ' ve never notice this old photo of your family before.John: My mother just found it in the attic. She decided to hang it up.Amy: It ' s a nice picture of your family.John:I think it ' s embarrassing. And I look stupid.Amy: Well, you could ‘ ve combed your hair …it ' s a nice shot, though. Look at how eoHogvyoilul arere you in the photo?John: Eight … no wait, I ' d just turned nine.Amy: I guess these two people are your parents.John: Yep. They were married when that picture was taken. Now they ' re divorced.Amy: Oh. What do they do?John: My father ' sedetMom works in a hospital.Amy: What are their names?John:Well, my father ' s name is Joseph. My mother is Q--sihie was named after a popular actress.Amy: How great! I have an aunt with the same name. I love the name Olivia … Who' s that guy?John: Which one?Amy: The guy standing behind you. Is that your brother, Tom?John: No, that's my Uncle Randy. He ' s only two years older than my brother.Amy: He ' s cute. I love a guy with a moustache.John: Um, sorry, but he ' s married now. His wife just hay.a baAmy: I was just making a comment … So the other young guy must be your brother.John: Yes. That ' s Tom.Amy: How old is he in the picture?John: Let ' s see … he ' s nine years older than me … so he would ‘ ve been 18 then.Amy: And there ' s your little sister, Tina. She ' s so cute!John: Yeah. She ' s two years younger than me. It ' s hard to believe she ' s in high school now!Track 4-3-QL -51. A bank robbery in Virginia, USA, was stopped when the robber and the bank teller couldn ' t reach anagreement. The robber pushed a holdup note under the window, but the teller looked at it, said, ” I canread this, ” and gave it back. The robber pushed the note through a second time. The teller crumpled thenote up and threw it at the robber. He picked it up and walked out of the bank.2. A professional ice hockey player will miss the rest of this season ' s games because he injured himself.National Hockey League goalie Jean-Louis Blanchard went on the injured list after he fell and seriouslyhurt his back. He was walking out of a restaurant in Ottawa, Canada, when he slipped on some ice.3. The first international camel beauty contest was held last week in Alxa, in western China. More than 100 dressed-up camelsentered the contest. The judges examined them for shiny hair, tall humps, and beautiful costumes. Unlike human beauty contests, though, there were no interviews with the contestants.4. Police in Sheffield, England, arrested a 41-year-old man for stealing five cars. Graham Owens went to car dealers and said hewanted to buy a car, and borrowed a car to test-drive. Each time, he drove the car around, then cleaned it inside and washed itoutside---before leaving it at the side of the road, and walking home.Track 4-3-OL-71. Nutty newsLulu is a kangaroo. For 10 years she has lived with the Richards family. Lulu was adopted by the family after they found her next to her dead mother.Mr. Ken Richards is a farmer. He was working on his farm when a heavy tree branch suddenly fell on top of him.Lulu stood next to Mr. Richards ' body. SltoarkarteOnd didn ' t leave Mr. Richards ' side.I ' ve never heard Lulu bark like that-she sounded like a dog. She barked and barked and she didn ' t stop,“ said Celeste, Mr. Richards ' daughter.After 15 minutes, the Richards family went to investigate. They found Ken on the ground and he was unconscious.“ Lulu is a hero, “ said Celeste. “ She saved my father. ”Mr. Middleton, an expert veterinarian, said that Lulu ' s story is rare. “I have never seen a kangaroo act like that. Maybe lulu helped Ken Richards because the Richards family is the only family she has ever known. ”Lulu has always followed Ken around the farm. She ' s a loyal, friendly, and very intelligent kangaroo.After Ken leaves the hospital, he is planning to go everywhere with Lulu.2. Nutty newsApproximately 175,000 people live in the Republic of Vanuatu, an island chain east of Australia. It is a popular tourist destination because there ' s a lot to do there: you can visit waterfalls, go horseback riding,take an aerial tour, or visit a traditional Ni-Vanuatu village. Vanuatu is most famous for its scuba diving and snorkeling.In an effort to draw attention to these popular water sports, Vanuatu has created a world ' s “ firstgovernment has opened an underwater post office. You have to be a certified scuba driver to work there.The office is three meters below the surface in an area on the outskirts of Port Vila, the capital city. So far, the post office has hired four workers. They will work in a room surrounded by the beauty of Vanuatu ' s underwaterorld. Customers will buy waterproofpostcards on land and then drive down to the post office to receive a special waterproof stamp.3-OL-51. cool2. sold out3. realizes4. music reviewer5. apartment building6. get them concert tickets7. goes over8. invites him to go with her9. a date with 10. mind Takeshi going without himUnit 4Track4-4-OL-1A. Listen to Camille ' s job interview. Then circle the answer to the question.Man: So, I see here that you went to college.Camille: Yes, sir. For two years. I didn ' t graduate.Man: Do you speak any languages besides English?Camille: Yes, I speak conversational French.Man: Any other languages?Camille: No, that ' s it.Man: Well, that ' s great. As you know, we fly to Paris twicweek. We always need people who can speakFrench.Man: Let ' s see … have you worked for an airline before?Camille: No. I have no job experience.Man: So, this would be your first job.Camille: Yes.Man; Well, I only have two more questions. Are you healthy and physically fit? Can you lift heavy objects? Camille: Yes, I think so.Man: Well, the emergency window exit on the plane weighs about 50 pounds. And the meal cart is very heavy,too. You need to move those objects sometimes.Camille: I think I can do that.Man: Wonderful. Let me tell you about the next step. We have a six-week training program that takes place inthe summer. You have to …Track 4-4-OL-2B. Listen again. Check Yes or No for each statement about Camille.Track 4-4-OL-3A. Listen to Olivia talking about her future plan and fill in the blanks with information from the talk.I plan to become a teacher after I finish my studies. I decided to study at this university because the teaching program is very good. Wehave a lot of practice working with children. I love to work with young kids. Iexpect to graduate from the university next June, and I hope to find a job in a kindergarten. I ' II try to sta working in September.Track 4-4-OL-4B. Listen to the job interview. Check the right item in the table based on the information from the interview.Mr. Grant: Hello, Ms. Hale. I ' m Mr. Grant, the advertising manager for the company. Do you have a resume orcurriculum vitae to give to me?Ms. Hale: Yes, Mr. Grant. Here it is.Mr. Grant: Thank you. Now, let me tell you a little bit about the job. We need someone to design brochures on the computer. Do you have up-to-date computer skills?Ms. Hale: Yes, I do. In my present position I use computer graphics all the time. I have experience with animation as well.Mr. Grant: Oh, that ' s very good. We hope to launch a new group of animated ads next spring. Can you work with others in a pleasant manner, Ms. Hale?Ms. Hale: My co-workers seem to think so. I can also work independently by myself.Mr. Grant: That ' s necessary, too. What about flexibility in working long hours on a project?Ms. Hale: I have a lot of energy and I ' m willing to get the job done. The work I did last year won two awards at anational conference.Mr. Grant: Excellent. That ' s very vmpByttie way, did I mention that we need someone to start next week?Ms. Hale: No, you didn ' t, but it might be possible.Mr. Grant: Good. Thank you for coming today. We ' ll be in touch soon. Track4-4-OL-5A. Listen to the passage about an unusual job. Fill in the blank with information from the passage.You' ve never met Melissa Hayes, and you don know her name, but you know her voice. Mellissa record information messages for the telephone company. When you hear the number you called has been changed …--that ' s Mellissa!“Yes, it ' s true, ” she say. “I ' m the voice talent for Nation Telephone. ” At least 50000 people hear her voice every day. “I try to sound warm and friendly, even when I ' m saying, I ' m sorry, that number is incorrect.Please try again. ”Melissa works only three days a week, but she has to practice a lot. “ My voice has to sound the same at the end of eight hours. ” She ' s very careful about her voice. “I don ' t drink lots of water with honey. I can to horror movies because I always scream, and I might hurt my voice! ”How did she get her job? “ A friend told me about it. I listened to all the telephone company messages on my phone, and then I recorded a cassette of those messages. After I sent it to the company, I called them every day for a month! ”She' s done this work for three years now, and she loves it. “It ' s fun! And I ' m helping people by using voice. ” Plus, people are always surprised when they hear about Melissa ' s job. They say, “ You' re a real pI thought it was a compu ter! ”Track 4-4-OL-6B. Listen again. Check your answers.Track 4-4-OL-7A. Listen to the interviews about Ken ' s and Steven ' s jobs. Then check Ken or Steven for each item in thebox below. Interview 1Interviewer: What is your job, Ken?Ken : I ' m a V.J. or “ video jockey. ”Interviewer: How would you describe your job?Ken: I ' m on TV. I introduce music videos and talk about them. I also interview singers who appear in videos.Interviewer: What is the best part of your job?Ken: I get to meet a lot of famous pe ople. That ' s very exciting. Also, I love music, so it ' s a lot of fun. Interviewer: What is the worst part of your job?Ken: I get to meet a lot of famous people. Some of them are not very nice. They think they are better than me.They can be very demanding.Interviewer: What was your most memorable moment?Ken: Last year, I presented an award on TV at a video music award show. I couldn ' t believe it. They flew meout to Los Angeles and I stayed in Beverly Hill. I was on the TV show for a whole 45 seconds! I got to meet a lot of stars.Interviewer: I want to be a V.J. How I get the job?Ken: Well, first you have to make a videotape about yourself. You need to talk about certain things on thevideo. In my case, there was a list of question, like “What did you do last weekend? ” and “ What' s in your Cplayer right now? ” After you talk about yourself, you send the videotape in to the TV station. They call you if they like the tape.Interview 2Interviewer: What is your job, Steven?Steven: I ' m a carourier.Interviewer: How would you describe your job?Steven: Sometimes a person or a company needs a car moved from one place to another. They may not havetime to do it themselves. They hire me to drive the car.Interviewer: What is the best part of your job?Steven: I like to drive, so it ' s fun for me. Last summer, I drove all the way from New York to California. Theweather was great. I had the radio on and enjoyed my trip very much.Interviewer: What is the worst part of your job?Steven: I have to be very punctual. If I say I ' ll arrive on Monday at 6:00,1 have to be there by Monday at 6:00.I have to be dependable. It ' s stressful at times.Interviewer: What was your most memorable moment?Steven: I drove across the desert as the sun was setting. It was incredible!Interviewer: I want to be a car courier. How do I get the job?Steven: That ' s a good question. My mother started this business, so she hired me. You ' d have to call my mother to find out!Track 4-4-OL-8B. Listen again and the complete the summaries of Ken ' s and Steven ' s job below. Use the words in the box.Unit 5Track 4-5-OL-1B. Now listen to a quiz show and check your answers in A.Host: Welcome back to “YouSnooze, You Lose! "the best game show on television! This is our final。